Menu

Luke 4:18 — Word Study

Depth

N1904πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰὰσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

BSA[The] Spiritpneuma [the vital principle] of [the] Lord [is]kurios [God, the supreme authority] uponepi Me myself,egō of whichhos, hē becauseheneka, ehineken He has anointedchriō [smeared or rubbed with oil] Meegō to evangeliseeuangelizomai [proclaim or herald, the gospel] to [the] poor,ptōchos [those who are humble or in need] He has sentapostellō [dispatched] Meegō to healiaomai theho bruisedsuntribō <the>ho heartkardia to proclaimkērussō [declare] to [the] captivesaichmalōtos [prisoners of war] deliveranceaphesis [freedom or pardon] andkai to [the] blindtuphlos [those who are physically or spiritually blind] recovery of sight,anablepsis [restoration of vision] to send forthapostellō [set free] [the] oppressedthrauō [those who are crushed or broken] inen deliverance,aphesis

Word
Listen & take awayLuke 4
English ↓ Download MP3 The Berean Standard Bible chapter audio already hosted for the site's Bible section — verse 18 is in this chapter.
Greek ↓ Download MP3 Nestle 1904 — the very text on this page — read by Andy Martin in Erasmian pronunciation.
Say the word Each Greek word carries its transliteration (aphesis) — no per-word recordings of the Greek exist to link to.
Take it away
Luke 4:18quick helps
In a sentenceJesus declares His mission, empowered by the Spirit, to bring hope and healing to those in need.
Who is speakingJesus, quoting from the prophet Isaiah.
Where we areIn the synagogue of Nazareth, where Jesus reads from Isaiah.
The hard wordχρίω
Take awayJesus is anointed for a specific purpose: to bring good news and freedom.
8 commentators on this verse Gill, Jamieson, Trapp, Ellicott & more — read them › clause subjectπνεῦμα verbχρίω The sentence as the grammar sees it Open the tree ›
How rare are these words?in the New Testament

3 of 27 occur nowhere else in the New Testament — words chosen on purpose.

Bars are logarithmic — , the commonest word in the Greek New Testament, stands 19,867 times, so a linear scale would leave everything else invisible. Click a row to open that word.

Deep Study — Luke 4:18

Sections marked generated are written from the data on this page rather than by a named author. Everything else — the lexicon entries, the cross references, the manuscript readings, the counts — is quoted from its source unchanged.

Context — Jesus' Mission Statementgenerated

17the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to Him. Unrolling it, He found the place where it was written:
18“The Spirit of the Lord is on Me, because He has anointed Me to preach good news to the poor. He has sent Me to proclaim liberty to the captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to release the oppressed,
19to proclaim the year of the Lord’s favor.”
20Then He rolled up the scroll, returned it to the attendant, and sat down. The eyes of everyone in the synagogue were fixed on Him,

Luke 4:18 presents Jesus reading from Isaiah, announcing His divine mission to bring good news to the marginalized, proclaim freedom to captives, and restore sight to the blind. This moment reveals His identity and purpose as the Messiah, fulfilling the prophecies of the Old Testament, particularly in Isaiah 61:1.


Cross References

ReferenceText (BSB)
1Psalm 45:7You have loved righteousness and hated wickedness; therefore God, your God, has anointed you above your companions with the oil of joy.
2Isaiah 11:2–5The Spirit of the LORD will rest on Him— the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and strength, the Spirit of knowledge and fear of the LORD.
3Isaiah 42:1–4“Here is My Servant, whom I uphold, My Chosen One, in whom My soul delights. I will put My Spirit on Him, and He will bring justice to the nations.
4Isaiah 50:4The Lord GOD has given Me the tongue of discipleship, to sustain the weary with a word. He awakens Me morning by morning; He awakens My ear to listen as a disciple.
5Isaiah 59:21“As for Me, this is My covenant with them,” says the LORD. “My Spirit will not depart from you, and My words that I have put in your mouth will not depart from your mouth or from the mouths of your children and grandchildren, from now on and forevermore,” says the LORD.

The Key Word χρίω, chriōgenerated

The verb χρίω means 'to anoint', indicating a divine appointment. In this context, it signifies Jesus being set apart for His ministry, empowered by the Holy Spirit to fulfill His mission.

This aorist active indicative form shows that the anointing is a completed action, emphasizing that Jesus has been officially designated for this role.


How Translations Differ — measured against the Berean Standard Biblegenerated

The verse is rendered in the Berean Standard Bible as He has anointed Me, which is mirrored in the KJV and ASV. This consistent wording highlights the significance of Jesus' anointing.

However, the translations diverge in the rendering of ἀπέσταλκέν — while the BSB uses He has sent, the KJV opts for he hath sent, showing a difference in tense and style.


Sentence Structuregenerated

The main verb is ἐπ᾽, is upon, which governs several phrases: first, a clause describing the Spirit's presence; second, a clause detailing the anointing; and third, a series of infinitive phrases outlining the missions of preaching, proclaiming, and healing.

The structure emphasizes the actions Jesus is sent to perform, linking them directly to His divine empowerment.


Septuagint Backgroundgenerated

The word πνεῦμα corresponds to the Hebrew רוּחַ in the Septuagint, which also means 'spirit' or 'breath'. This connection underlines the continuity of the Holy Spirit's role in both the Old and New Testaments.

The term ἄφεσις reflects the Hebrew concept of שָׁנָה, which relates to release and forgiveness, reinforcing the theme of liberation in Jesus' mission.


In plain words — the whole versegenerated

Luke 4:18 shows Jesus announcing His mission to help the poor, free captives, heal the blind, and release those who are oppressed. This message is a fulfillment of the prophecies from the Old Testament, particularly from Isaiah.


Frequently Asked Questionsgenerated

What does it mean that the Spirit of the Lord is upon Jesus?

This signifies that Jesus is empowered by the Holy Spirit for His ministry, indicating His divine authority and mission.

Who are the 'poor' mentioned in this verse?

The 'poor' refers to those who are humble or in need, including the marginalized and oppressed in society.

What does 'to proclaim liberty to the captives' imply?

This phrase indicates Jesus' mission to offer freedom and forgiveness to those who are imprisoned, both physically and spiritually.

Why is healing the blind significant?

Healing the blind symbolizes both physical healing and spiritual enlightenment, representing Jesus' power to restore both sight and understanding.


Reflection Questionsgenerated

  1. How can I recognize the ways Jesus has brought healing and freedom into my life?
  2. In what ways can I share the good news with those who are marginalized or in need?
  3. How does understanding Jesus' mission help me in my own journey of faith?
  4. What does it mean for me to be an agent of healing and liberation in my community?

The early church on this verse — how the Fathers read it

The early church Fathers provide insights into Jesus' mission as described in this verse, interpreting its implications for both Jews and Gentiles.

Hippolytus of RomeExegetical Fragments c. 170–235
And for this reason Gabriel says: "And to anoint the Most Holy." And the Most Holy is none else but the Son of God alone, who, when He came and manifested Himself, said to them, "The Spirit of the Lord is upon me,
Early Church Fathers on Luke 4 →
Origen of AlexandriaHOMILIES ON THE GOSPEL OF Luke 32.4-5 c. 185–253
He says, "He sent me to preach the gospel to the poor." The "poor" stand for the Gentiles, for they are indeed poor. They possess nothing at all: neither God, nor the law, nor the prophets, nor justice and the rest of the virtues.
Early Church Fathers on Luke 4 →
Origen of AlexandriaCatena Aurea by Aquinas c. 185–253
By the poor He means the Gentile nations, for they were poor, possessing nothing at all, having neither God, nor Law, nor Prophets, nor justice, and the other virtues.
Early Church Fathers on Luke 4 →

Commentators on this verse — 8 expositors, verse by verse

Each of these wrote on Luke 4:18 itself, not merely on the chapter around it.

John Gill1697–1771Gill's Exposition of the Entire Bible

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me,.... By whom is meant, the third person in the Trinity; so called, to distinguish him from all other spirits; and who was given to Christ as man, without measure,

Read John Gill on Luke 4 →
Robert Jamieson1802–1880Jamieson, Fausset, and Brown's Commentary

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of

Read Robert Jamieson on Luke 4 →
John Trapp1601–1669Trapp's Complete Commentary on the Old and New Testaments

18 The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised, Ver. 18. He hath anointed me to preach] Therefore the gospel is a sure saying, and worthy of all acceptation, since it is an effect of the Holy Spirit: doubt not its excellence, authority, certainty, sufficiency. See my "True Treasure."

Read John Trapp on Luke 4 →
Charles John Ellicott1819–1905Ellicott's Commentary for English Readers

(18) The Spirit of the Lord is upon me.—The passage that follows reproduces, with a few unimportant variations, the LXX. version of Isa 61:1-2. The words “to heal the broken-hearted” are not in the best MSS. “To set at liberty them that are bruised” is not found in the present text of Isaiah. It is a legitimate inference that the passage which Jesus thus read was one in which He wished men to see the leading idea of His ministry. Glad tidings for the poor, remission of sins, comfort for the mourners, these were what He proclaimed now. These were proclaimed again in the beatitudes of the Sermon on the Mount. We cannot fail to connect the opening words with the descent of the Spirit at His…

Read Charles John Ellicott on Luke 4 →
AdamClarkeAdam Clarke's Commentary on the Bible

Verse 18. The Spirit of the Lord] This is found in Isaiah 61:1; but our Lord immediately adds to it Isaiah 42:7. The proclaiming of liberty to the captives, and the acceptable year (or year of acceptance) of the Lord, is a manifest allusion to the proclaiming of the year of jubilee by sound of trumpet: see Leviticus 25:9, c., and the notes there. This was a year of general release of debts and obligations of bond-men and women; of lands and possessions, which had been sold from the families and tribes to which they belonged. Our Saviour, by applying this text to himself, a text so manifestly relating to the institution above mentioned, plainly declares the typical design of that…

Read AdamClarke on Luke 4 →
CambridgeThe Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

18. he hath anointed me] Rather, He anointed (aorist); the following verb is in the perfect. The word Mashach in the Hebrew would recall to the hearers the notion of the Messiah—“il m’a messianisé” (Salvador). “God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power,” Acts 10:38. In illustration of the verse generally, as indicating the work primarily of Isaiah, but in its fullest sense, of Christ, see Matthew 11:5; Matthew 5:3, &c.the poor] i. e. the poor in spirit (Matthew 11:28; Matthew 5:3), as the Hebrew implies.to heal the broken-hearted] Omitted in à, B, D, L.recovering of sight to the blind] Here the LXX. differs from the Hebrew, which has “opening of prison to the bound.”…

Read Cambridge on Luke 4 →
Albert Barnes1798–1870Barnes' Notes on the Bible

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me - Or, I speak by divine appointment. I am divinely inspired to speak. There can be no doubt that the passage in Isaiah had a principal reference to the Messiah.

Read Albert Barnes on Luke 4 →
Daniel Denison Whedon1808–1885Whedon's Commentary on the Bible

18. The Spirit of the Lord—The passage describes, in terms of beautiful figure, the office of the Messiah, as in the Messiah’s own words. The words are mostly quoted from the Septuagint version.

Read Daniel Denison Whedon on Luke 4 →

The verse in English, compared — 16 translations, and where they part company

Every translation on this page is a decision someone had to make and commit to. Read down a column and you see one translator's judgement; read across a row and you see the range the Greek actually allows. The BSB is the wording the rest of this page is measured against, so it is listed first.

Modern formal

BSBBerean Standard Bible2020

“The Spirit of the Lord is on Me, because He has anointed Me to preach good news to the poor. He has sent Me to proclaim liberty to the captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to release the oppressed,

WEBWorld English Bible2000

“The Spirit of the Lord is on me, because he has anointed me to preach good news to the poor. He has sent me to heal the broken hearted, to proclaim release to the captives, recovering of sight to the blind, to deliver those who are crushed,

MSBMajority Standard Bible2022

“The Spirit of the Lord is on Me, because He has anointed Me to preach good news to the poor. He has sent Me to heal the brokenhearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives and recovery of sight to the blind, to release the oppressed,

NETBNew English Translation2006

“The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me to proclaim good news to the poor. He has sent me to proclaim release to the captives and the regaining of sight to the blind, to set free those who are oppressed,

Tyndale line

KJVKing James Version1611

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the brokenhearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised,

ASVAmerican Standard Version1901

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, Because he anointed me to preach good tidings to the poor: He hath sent me to proclaim release to the captives, And recovering of sight to the blind, To set at liberty them that are bruised,

RVARevised Version, American1894

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, Because he anointed me to preach good tidings to the poor: He hath sent me to proclaim release to the captives, And recovering of sight to the blind, To set at liberty them that are bruised,

NWBWebster's Bible1833

The spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; he hath sent me to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliverance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to set at liberty them that are bruised,

GNVGeneva Bible1599

The Spirit of the Lord is vpon mee, because he hath anoynted me, that I should preach the Gospel to the poore: he hath sent mee, that I should heale the broken hearted, that I should preach deliuerance to the captiues, and recouering of sight to the blinde, that I should set at libertie them that are bruised:

Strictly literal

DBYDarby Translation1890

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord is upon me, because he has anointed me to preach glad tidings to [the] poor; he has sent me to preach to captives deliverance, and to [the] blind sight, to send forth [the] crushed delivered,

YLTYoung's Literal Translation1862

'The Spirit of the Lord [is] upon me, Because He did anoint me; To proclaim good news to the poor, Sent me to heal the broken of heart, To proclaim to captives deliverance, And to blind receiving of sight, To send away the bruised with deliverance,

LSVLiteral Standard Version2020

“The Spirit of the LORD [is] on Me, || Because He anointed Me || To proclaim good news to the poor, || Sent Me to heal the broken of heart, || To proclaim to captives deliverance, || And to blind receiving of sight, || To send the bruised away with deliverance,

ULBUnlocked Literal Bible2017

“The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he anointed me to tell good news to the poor. He has sent me to proclaim freedom to the captives, and recovery of sight to the blind, to set free those who are oppressed,

From the Latin

DRADouay-Rheims (Challoner)1899

The Spirit of the Lord is upon me. Wherefore he hath anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor, he hath sent me to heal the contrite of heart,

Simplified

FBVFree Bible Version2020

“The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, for he has anointed me to announce good news to the destitute. He has sent me to proclaim that prisoners will be released, the blind will see, the oppressed will be freed,

BBEBible in Basic English1949

The Spirit of the Lord is on me, because I am marked out by him to give good news to the poor; he has sent me to make well those who are broken-hearted; to say that the prisoners will be let go, and the blind will see, and to make the wounded free from their chains,

Word by word, the decisions they made

ἔχρισένchriō He has anointed G5548 2 different renderings
anointedASV DRA KJV LSV NWB RVA ULB
he has anointedBSB DBY FBV MSB NETB WEB
πτωχοῖς,ptōchos to [the] poor, G4434 2 different renderings
poorASV BBE BSB DBY DRA KJV LSV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB YLT
destituteFBV
ἀπέσταλκένapostellō He has sent G649 2 different renderings
sentASV DRA GNV KJV LSV NWB RVA YLT
he has sentBBE BSB DBY FBV MSB NETB ULB WEB
κηρύξαιkērussō to proclaim G2784 2 different renderings
to proclaimASV BSB FBV LSV MSB NETB RVA ULB WEB YLT
preachDBY DRA GNV KJV NWB
τυφλοῖςtuphlos to [the] blind G5185 2 different renderings
the blindASV BBE BSB FBV KJV MSB NETB NWB RVA ULB WEB
blindDBY LSV YLT
ἀποστεῖλαιapostellō to send forth G649 3 different renderings
sentASV DRA GNV KJV LSV NWB RVA YLT
has sentBBE BSB FBV MSB NETB ULB WEB
to send forthDBY

Counted from the translations carried on this site, not from a survey of every English Bible. A rendering shared by many versions is usually inherited rather than independently arrived at — the Tyndale line in particular runs through most of them.


The sentence as the grammar sees it — from the Nestle 1904 treebank

This is not our own analysis: it is the scholarly syntax tree for the verse, showing how the clause actually holds together.

clauseκαὶAndclauseclauseverbἐπεδόθηthere was givenindirect objectαὐτῷto Himnoun phrase · subjectβιβλίον[the] scroll ofnoun phrasenoun phraseτοῦtheπροφήτουprophetἨσαΐουIsaiahκαὶandclauseclause · adverbialverbἀνοίξαςhaving unrollednoun phrase · objectτὸtheβιβλίονscrollverbεὗρενHe foundnoun phrase · objectτὸνthenoun phraseτόπονplaceclauseadverbialοὗwhereverb phrase · verbἦνit wasγεγραμμένονwrittenclausenoun phrase · subjectΠνεῦμα[The] SpiritΚυρίουof [the] Lord [is]prepositional phrase · predicateἐπ’uponἐμέMeclauseprepositional phrase · adverbialοὗof whichεἵνεκενbecauseverbἔχρισένHe has anointedobjectμεMeclause · adverbialverbεὐαγγελίσασθαιto preach good newsindirect objectπτωχοῖςto [the] poorclauseverbἀπέσταλκένHe has sentobjectμεMeclause · adverbialclauseclauseverbκηρῦξαιto proclaimindirect objectαἰχμαλώτοιςto [the] captivesobjectἄφεσινdeliveranceκαὶandclauseindirect objectτυφλοῖςto [the] blindobjectἀνάβλεψινrecovery of sightclauseverbἀποστεῖλαιto send forthobjectτεθραυσμένους[the] oppressedprepositional phrase · adverbialἐνinἀφέσειdeliveranceclauseverbκηρῦξαιto proclaimnoun phrase · objectnoun phraseἐνιαυτὸν[the] yearΚυρίουof [the] Lord’sδεκτόνfavor

Boxes are the grammarian's groupings — clause, noun phrase, prepositional phrase.


The earliest translations — Latin and Syriac

Every translation is an argument about meaning made by someone who had to commit to one. These two were made while the Greek was still a living language, and they are the oldest opinions we have about what this verse says.

Latin VulgateAD 382–405

Spiritus Domini super me : propter quod unxit me, evangelizare pauperibus misit me, sanare contritos corde,

Jerome revised the Old Latin against the Greek from AD 382; the Latin west read this text for a thousand years.

Syriac Peshittaby AD 400

ܪܘܚܗ ܕܡܪܝܐ ܥܠܝ ܘܡܛܠ ܗܕܐ ܡܫܚܢܝ ܠܡܣܒܪܘ ܠܡܣܟܢܐ ܘܫܠܚܢܝ ܠܡܐܣܝܘ ܠܬܒܝܪܝ ܠܒܐ ܘܠܡܟܪܙܘ ܠܫܒܝܐ ܫܘܒܩܢܐ ܘܠܥܘܝܪܐ ܚܙܝܐ ܘܠܡܫܪܪܘ ܠܬܒܝܪܐ ܒܫܘܒܩܢܐ

The Bible of the Syriac-speaking church, in the language nearest to the Aramaic Jesus spoke.

Shown verse by verse rather than word by word: aligning a Greek word to its Latin or Syriac counterpart automatically would be guesswork, and a wrong alignment is worse than none.


The Greek editions compared — what the manuscripts actually say

Eight printed editions of the Greek New Testament, side by side. Where they agree the wording is settled; where a word is missing from an edition it is marked, so you can see the difference rather than take it on trust.

Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The standard critical text of the New Testament.

Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993 · Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The previous edition, still widely cited.

SBL Greek New Testament2010 · Michael Holmes

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The Society of Biblical Literature edition, freely licensed.

Westcott–Hort1881 · Westcott and Hort

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The edition that turned scholarship toward the earliest manuscripts.

Tregelles1857–1879 · Samuel Prideaux Tregelles

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

An independent critical text built from the oldest witnesses then known.

Tyndale House Greek NT2017 · Tyndale House, Cambridge

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

A recent critical edition following documentary evidence closely.

Byzantine majority text2018 · Robinson–Pierpont

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰὰσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The reading of the majority of surviving manuscripts.

Textus Receptus1550/1894 lineage

πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰὰσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει,

The printed tradition behind the King James Version.

Every witness on this verse they differ
Critical editions
Nestle-Aland 28th edition2012Nestle-Aland 27th edition1993SBL Greek New Testament2010Westcott–Hort1881Tregelles1857–1879Tyndale House Greek NT2017
Byzantine / Majority
Byzantine majority text2018
Received Text
Textus Receptus1550/1894

A witness that read differently would show its variant word here, marked.

Word by word, across the editions

WordEditions carrying itMissing from
εὐαγγελίσασθαι to evangeliseNA28, NA27, Tyn, SBL, WH, Treg, ByzTR
ἰὰσασθαι to healTR, ByzNA28, NA27, SBL, WH, Treg, Tyn
τοὺς theTR, ByzNA28, NA27, SBL, WH, Treg, Tyn
συντετριμμένους bruisedTR, ByzNA28, NA27, SBL, WH, Treg, Tyn
τὴν <the>TR, ByzNA28, NA27, SBL, WH, Treg, Tyn
καρδίαν heartTR, ByzNA28, NA27, SBL, WH, Treg, Tyn

Apparatus — SBL Greek New Testament, CC BY 4.0


The map of this verse — what each word keeps company with

This is a map of two things, both counted rather than judged. Company kept: which words stand within three words of each of these, anywhere in the Greek New Testament — the thicker the line, the more often the pair meet compared with chance. Built from: the words a word is made out of, taken from its own Strong’s entry. It is not a map of meaning: nothing here claims two words mean the same thing. Click any circle to see the numbers behind it.

Luke 4:18πνεῦμα[The] Spiri[The] Spiritπνεῦμακύριοςof [the] Loof [the] Lord [κύριοςἐπίuponuponἐπίἐγώMe myself,Me myself,ἐγώὅςof whichof whichὅςἕνεκαbecausebecauseἕνεκαχρίωHe has anoiHe has anointedχρίωμεMeMeμεεὐαγγελίζωto evangelito evangeliseεὐαγγελίζωπτωχόςto [the] poto [the] poor,πτωχόςἀποστέλλωHe has sentHe has sentἀποστέλλωμεMeMeμεἰάομαιto healto healἰάομαιthetheσυντρίβωbruisedbruisedσυντρίβω<the><the>καρδίαheartheartκαρδίακηρύσσωto proclaimto proclaimκηρύσσωαἰχμάλωτοςto [the] cato [the] captivαἰχμάλωτοςἄφεσιςdeliverancedeliveranceἄφεσιςκαίandandκαίτυφλόςto [the] blto [the] blindτυφλόςἀνάβλεψιςrecovery ofrecovery of sigἀνάβλεψιςἀποστέλλωto send forto send forthἀποστέλλωθραύω[the] oppre[the] oppressedθραύωἐνininἐνἄφεσιςdeliverancedeliverance,ἄφεσιςἀπόPrep. fromPrep. from, awaἀπόἀφίημιv. I send v. I send away,ἀφίημιπνέωv. I blowv. I blowπνέωεὖAdv well, Adv well, well εὖσύνPrep. withPrep. withσύνἀναβλέπωv. I look v. I look up, rἀναβλέπωArticle thArticle theοὗAdv where,Adv where, whitοὗχράομαιv. I use, v. I use, make χράομαιπτοέωv. I terriv. I terrify, sπτοέωπίπτωv. I fall,v. I fall, fallπίπτωἅλωσιςn.f. captun.f. capture, cἅλωσιςτυφόωv. I puff v. I puff up, mτυφόωῥήγνυμιv. I breakv. I break, breῥήγνυμιεἰςPrep. intoPrep. into, in,εἰςἐκPrep. fromPrep. from out,ἐκβάπτισμαn.n. the rn.n. the rite oβάπτισμαδέχομαιv. I take,v. I take, receδέχομαι
meets it a little oftener than chancemeets it far oftener than chancebuilt from the same roottwo words of the verse share ita word of this versea related word

Lexicons — every word in Luke 4:18

One dossier per word, with every reference work grouped by kind — Greek lexicons, morphology, Bible dictionaries, topical chains and the English of the translators themselves. The verse sits at the head of each block with the word under study lit, so you never lose your place. The panel above gives the short answer; this is the long one, and it is the part of the page worth indexing.

Every entry below is the lexicographer's own text. Imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, the full Liddell-Scott-Jones, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate LSJ, Robinson and Packard on the Greek, Webster and Cawdrey on the English the translators were using. Where a cell says a work has no entry, that work genuinely has none for this word.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
πνεῦμαpneuma [The] Spirit G4151 Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
379× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for spirit or breath refers to the vital principle or mental disposition of a person, as seen in John 3:8 and 1 Corinthians 5:5. It can also mean a superhuman spirit, like the Holy Spirit in Acts 2:2.
Amplified meaning
the vital principle
Tyndale gloss
spirit/breath: spirit
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word πνεῦμα (i.e., *pneuma*) means 'spirit' or 'breath' and is derived from the verb πνέω (to blow). It encompasses various meanings, including air in motion, the vital principle of life, and spiritual beings such as angels and demons. In the New Testament, it frequently refers to the Holy Spirit and the human spirit, appearing in contexts that contrast it with the body or flesh.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — πνοή, πνεῦμα, ἄνεμος, θύελλα from a scan

From the words into comparison with which πνεῦμα is here brought, it will be evident that it is proposed to deal with it in its natural and earthly, not in its supernatural and heavenly, meaning. Only I will observe, that on the relations between πνοή and πνεῦμα in this its higher sense there is a discussion in Augustine, De Civ. Dei, xiii. 22; cf. De Anim. et huj. Orig. i. 14, 19. The first three words of this group, as they designate not things heavenly but things earthly, differ from one another exactly as, according to Seneca, do in the Latin ‘aér,’ ‘spiritus,’ ‘ ventus’ (Nat. Qu. v. 13) : ‘Spiritum a vento motus' separat; vehementior enim spiritus ventus est; invicem spiritus leviter fluens aer.’ Πνοή and πνεῦμα occur not seldom together, as at Isai. xlii. 5; lvii. 16; πνοή conveying the impression of a lighter, gentler, motion of the air than πνεῦμα, as ‘aura’ than ‘ventus.’…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πνεῦμα, -τος, τό,

(< πνέω),

[in LXX chiefly and very freq. for רוּחַ;]

of air in motion;

wind: Jo 3:8; pl., He 1:7(LXX);

breath: π. ζωῆς, Re 11:11; π. τοῦ στόματος, fig., II Th 2:8 (cf. Ps 32 (33):6).

Of the vital principle, the spirit (Arist., Polyb., al.): Lk 8:55, Jo 19:30, Ac 7:59, al.; opp. to σάρξ, Mt 26:41, Mk 14:38, I Co 5:5, al.; to σῶμα, Ro 8:10, I Co 6:17 7:34,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πνεῦμα, -τος, τό, (πνέω), Grk. writ. fr. Aeschyl. and Hdt. down; Hebr. may, Lat. spiritus; i. 6. 1. a movement of air, (gentle) blast; a. of the wind: ἀνέμων πνεύματα, Hat. 7,16, 1; Paus. 5, 25; hence the wind itself, Jn. iii. 8; plur. Heb. i. 7, (1 K. xviii. 45; xix. 11; Job i. 19; Ps. ciii. (civ.) 4, etc.; often in Grk. writ.). b. breath of the nostrils or mouth, often in Grk. writ. fr. Aeschyl. down: πνεῦμα τοῦ στόματος, 2 Th. ii. 8 (Ps. xxxii. (xxxiii.) 6, ef. Is. xi. 4); mv. ζωῆς, the breath of life, Rev. xi. 11 (Gen. vi. 17, cf. πνοὴ ζωῆς, il. 7). [πνεῦμα and πνοή seem to have been in the main coincident terms; but avon became the more poetical. Both retain a suggestion of their evident etymology. Even in class. Grk. πνεῦμα became as freq. and as wide in its application as ἄνεμος. (Schmidt ch. 55, 7; Trench § lxxiii.) ] 2. the spirit, i.e. the vital principle by which the body 18…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πνεῦμα. This is a notable ex. of those words, whose meaning has been so deepened and enriched through Christian influences, that we cannot expect our sources to throw much light on their use in the NT. One or two points may, however, be noted. Thus for the more literal meaning of the word we may cite P Oxy VI. 9047 (v/A.D.), where a certain Flavius petitions a praeses on the ground ὡς λοιπὸν εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ τῆς σωτηρίας πνεῦμα δυστυχῖν pe, “so that at last the very breath of my life is in danger” (Edd.). In P Leid Wii 2 (ii/iii A.D.) (= II. p. 157) reference is made to a book which περιέχει γέννησιν πνεύματος, πυρὸς Kal okdTo(=ov)s, ‘contains the creation of spirit, fire and darkness.” The same document αν. 4 shows οὐ ἀντιτάξεταί μοι πᾶν πνεῦμα, οὐ δαιμόνιον, οὐ συνάτ(--άντ)ημα. Reminiscent of LXX Numb 1622, 2716, isthe Jewish ‘‘ prayer for vengeance” from Rheneia, Sy// 816 (=#1181)*, which…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πνεῦμα (pneuma) — spirit/breath: spirit.

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό,

(πνέω) blast, wind, first in [Refs 6th c.BC+]: frequently in Trag., etc., ἀνέμων πνεύματα πάντων [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θαλάσσας.. πνεύματι λάβρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] is commoner in Poets; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ πρύμναν ἵσταται τὸ π.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ πνεῦμα στῆναι τοῦ ἄρρενος to leeward of him, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but κατὰ π. προσιόντες down wind, [Refs]; πνεύματος ἀνείλησις, ἐκπύρωσις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; as an element, air, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]

2. metaphorically, θαλερωτέρῳ π. with more genial breeze or influence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; αἰδοίῳ π. χώρας with air or spirit of respect on the part of the country, [Refs]; π. ταὐτὸν οὔποτ᾽.. ἐν ἀνδράσιν φίλοις βέβηκεν the…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

πνεῦμα

pneuma

from 4154; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by

analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by

implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or

(superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christ's spirit, the

Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare 5590.

see GREEK for 4154

see GREEK for 5590

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό

n.n.

wind, breath, spirit

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πνεῦμα pneuma 379x

wind, air in motion, Jn. 3:8; breath, 2 Thess. 2:8; the substance spirit, Jn. 3:6; a spirit, spiritual being, Jn. 4:24; Acts 23:8, 9; Heb. 1:14; a bodiless spirit, specter, Lk. 24:37; a foul spirit, δαιμόνιον, Mt. 8:16; Lk. 10:20; spirit, as a vital principle, Jn. 6:63; 1 Cor.…

Read the full entry →
Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πνεῦμα πνεῦμα, ατος, τό, πνέω a blowing, πνεύματα ἀνέμων Hdt., Aesch.: alone, a wind, blast, Trag., etc.

metaph., θαλερωτέρῳ πν. with more genial breeze or influence, Aesch.; λύσσης πν. μάργῳ id. Aesch.; πν. ταὐτὸν οὔποτ᾽ ἐν ἀνδράσιν φίλοις βέβηκεν the wind is constantly changing even among friends, Soph.

like Lat. spiritus or anima, breathed air, breath, Aesch.; πν. βίου the breath of life, id. Aesch.; πν. ἀθροίζειν to collect breath, Eur.; πν. ἀφιέναι, ἀνιέναι, μεθιέναι to give up the ghost, id. Eur.; πνεύματος διαρροαί the wind-pipe, id. Eur.

that is breathed forth, odour, scent, id. Eur.

spirit, Lat. afflatus, Anth.: inspiration, NTest.

the spirit of man, id. NTest.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-NSN — Noun · nominative · singular · neuter
nominative — the one doing it — the subject.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-NSN Part of Speech: Noun Case: Nominative Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

spir'-it (ruach; pneuma; Latin, spiritus):

1. Primary and Figurative Senses

(1) As Wind, Breath

(2) As Anger or Fury

(3) As Mental and Moral Qualities in Man

2. Shades of Meaning

(1) As Life-Principle

(2) As Surviving Death

(3) Spiritual Manifestations

3. Human and Divine Spirit

(1) The Human as Related with the Divine

(2) Operations of the Divine Spirit as Third Person of the Trinity

4. Old Testament Applications

5. Various Interpretations

1. Primary and Figurative Senses:

(1) As Wind, Breath:

Used primarily in the Old Testament and New Testament of the wind, as in Ge 8:1; Nu 11:31; Am 4:13 ("createth the wind"); Heb 1:7 (angels, "spirits" or "winds" in margin); often used of the breath, as…

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Spirit

(Heb. ruah; Gr. pneuma), properly wind or breath. In 2 Thess. 2:8 it means “breath,” and in Eccl. 8:8 the vital principle in man. It also denotes the rational, immortal soul by which man is distinguished (Acts 7:59; 1 Cor. 5:5; 6:20; 7:34), and the soul in its separate state (Heb. 12:23), and hence also an apparition (Job 4:15; Luke 24:37, 39), an angel (Heb. 1:14), and a demon (Luke 4:36; 10:20). This…

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

A word employed in various senses in Scripture.

1. For THE HOLY, HOLINESS SPIRIT, the third person of the Holy Trinity, who inspired the prophets, animates good men, pours his unction into our hearts, imparts to us life and comfort; and in whose name we are baptized and blessed, as well as in that of the Father and the Son. When the adjective Holy is applied to the term Spirit, we should always understand it as here explained; but there are many places whether it must be taken in this sense, although the term Holy is omitted. See HOLY, HOLINESS SPIRIT.

2. BREATH, respiration; or the principle of animal life, common to men and animal: this God has given, and this he recalls when he takes away life, Ec 3:21. See SOUL.

Nave's Topical Bible

→ Called “the inner man,” Ro 7:22; Eph 3:16

→ See ANGELS

→ See DEMONS

→ See HOLY SPIRIT

→ See MAN, A SPIRIT

→ See SATAN

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
90%spirit
spirit90% · 346×spirits8% · 31×other renderings2% · 8×

385 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 9 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial39%subject29%object21%predicate7%indirect object2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 379 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
καίand, even, also,δέbut, on the otheτίςIrg
ἐν
βαπτίζωI dip, submerge,δέbut, on the otheἄνθρωποςa man, one of th
ἅγιοςset apart, holy, sac
Article theγάρforσύ
αὐτός
Article theθυγάτριονa little daughteλέγωI say, speak
καίand, even, also, nam
πίνωI drink, imbibeἸσραήλPropμάστιξa scourge, lash,
πνεῦμα[The] Spirit379×
what comes after →
Article the
ἅγιοςset apart, holy,ἀκάθαρτοςunclean, impureθεόςGod, a god
ἅγιοςset apart, holy, sac
καίand, even, also,Article theἀτενίζωI direct my gaze
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theδύναμιςmight, power, maἀλήθειαtruth
ἐγώ
ἐπίἐπιτάσσωI give order, coοὗτος
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theἅγιοςset apart, holy,καίand, even, also,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceπνεῦμα · 379× in the New Testament
Acts 1 Corinthians Luke Romans John Revelation Mark Matthew Galatians 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament25 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 173 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Josephus Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 29c. AD 40

εἶθ’ ὕδατος ἀσώματον οὐσίαν καὶ πνεύματος καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἑβδόμου φωτός, ὃ πάλιν ἀσώματον ἦν καὶ νοητὸν ἡλίου παράδειγμα καὶ πάντων ὅσα φωσφόρα ἄστρα κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλε συνίστασθαι.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.27c. AD 75–95

ταύτης δʼ ὑπʼ ὄψιν οὐκ ἐρχομένης, ἀλλὰ βαθεῖ μὲν κρυπτομένης σκότει, πνεύματος δʼ αὐτὴν ἄνωθεν ἐπιθέοντος, γενέσθαι φῶς ἐκέλευσεν ὁ θεός.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
7th c. AD 4th c. AD 8th c. AD 5th c. AD 6th c. AD

ἐν ὀνόματι τῆς ἁγίας καὶ ὁμοουσίου τριάδος πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος βασιλείας τοῦ θειοτάτου καὶ εὐσεβεστάτου ἡμῶν δεσπότου Φλαυίου Φωκᾶ τοῦ αἰωνίου Αὐγούστου Αὐτοκράτορος καὶ

Tyche 20 (2005), p. 1-9HerakleopolitesAD 603

r ἐν ὀνόματι τῆς ἁγίας τριάδος πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ τῆς δεσποίνης ἡμῶν τῆς θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, βασιλείας τοῦ θειοτάτου καὶ

SB 1 4740ArsinoitesAD 602–AD 610

ἐν ὀνόματι τῆς ἁγίας καὶ ὁμοουσίου τριάδος πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ τῆς δεσποίνης

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
κυρίουkurios of [the] Lord [is] G2962 Noun · genitive · singular · masculine
718× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for lord or master, used to address God or a person in authority, showing respect and power. In the New Testament, it appears in Matthew 9:38 and Mark 12:9. It signifies a controller or ruler.
Amplified meaning
God, the supreme authority
Tyndale gloss
lord: God
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

κύριος is a Greek word meaning 'lord' or 'master,' derived from the concept of authority. It is used in various contexts, referring to God, Jesus, and earthly masters. In the New Testament, it often denotes divine authority, as seen in verses like Matthew 12:8. The term can also express respect when addressing others, such as teachers or magistrates.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — κύριος, δεσπότης from a scan

A MAN, according to the later Greek grammarians, was δεσπότης in respect of his slaves (Plato, Legg. vi. 756 e), therefore οἰκοδεσπότης, but κύριος in regard of his wife and children ; who in speaking either to him or of him, would give him this title of honour; “as Sara obeyed Abraham, calling him lord” (κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα, I Pet. ili. 6: ef. Plutarch, De Virt. Mul. 5. vv. Μίκκα καὶ Meyoro). There is a certain truth in this distinction. Undoubtedly there lies in κύριος the sense of an authority owning limitations—moral limitations it may be; it is implied too that the wielder of this authority will not exclude, in wielding it, a consideration of their good over whom it is exercised; while the δεσπότης exercises a more unrestricted power and absolute domination, confessing no such limitations or restraints. He who addresses another as δέσποτα, puts an emphasis of submission into his…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

κύριος, -α, -ον (also -ος, -ον),

[in LXX (subst.) chiefly for יהוה, also for אָדוֹן, בַּעַל, etc.;]

having power (κῦρος) or authority; as subst., ὁ κ., lord, master;

in general: c. gen. rei, Mt 9:38 20:8, Mk 12:9 13:35, Lk 19:33; τ. σαββάτου, Mt 12:8, Mk 2:28, Lk 6:5; c. gen. pers., δούλου, etc., Mt 10:24, Lk 14:21, Ac 16:16, al.; absol., opp. to οἱ δοῦλοι,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

κύριος, -ov, 6, (prop. an 2dj. κύριος, -a, - 1, also of two term.; prop. i. q. ὁ ἔχων κῦρος, having power or author ity), [fr. Pind. down], he to whom a person or thing belongs, about which he has the power of deciding; master, lord; used a. univ. of the possessor and disposer of a thing, the owner, (Sept. for }}18, 5y3): with gen. of the thing, as τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, Mt. xx. 8; xxi. 40; Mk. xii. 9; Lk. xx. 15; rod θερισμοῦ, Mt. ix. 38; Lk. x. 2; τῆς οἰκίας, the master, Mk. xiii. 35 (Judg. xix. 12); τοῦ πώλου, Lk. xix. 33; τοῦ σαββάτου, possessed of the power to determine what is suitable to the sabbath, and of releasing himself and others from its obligations, Mt. xii. 8; Mk. ii. 28; Lk. vi. 5. with gen. of a pers., one who has control of the person, the master [A. V. lord]; in the household: δούλου, παιδίσκης, οἰκονόμου, Mt. x. 24; Lk. xii. 46 sq.; xiv. 21; xvi. 3, 5; Acts xvi. 16, 19…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

κύριος BGU III. ο49᾽ (c. A.D. 300) κυρίῳ μου ἀδελφῷ “Hpa, a sister (and probably wife) —P Oxy IV. 7441 (B.c. 1) (= Selections, p. 32) Ἱλαρίωνα (/.—tov)”"Adure τῆι ἀδελφῆι πλεῖστα Χαίρειν, and even a son—zd. I. 123} (iii/iv A.D.) κυρίῳ pov vid Διονυσοθέωνι. (3) It is, however, with the religious use of κύριος that we are specially concerned, and in keeping with the conception of ‘‘lordship,’’ which was so characteristic of Oriental religions, we may begin by noticing its common use in connexion with the cult of the Egyptian God Sarapis. Letters frequently begin with some such formula as—rpd μὲν πάντων εὔχομαί σε ὑιαίνειν (1. by—) καὶ τὸ προσκύνημά cov ποιῶ παρὰ τῷ κυρίῳ Σιαράπιδι, ‘before all else I pray for your health, and I supplicate the lord Sarapis on your behalf”’ (P Fay 127°—ii/iii a.p.), and we may add, owing to the striking resemblance of phraseology to 1 Cor 1024 such…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

κύριος (kurios) — lord: God.

κύριος [ῡ], α, ον,

also ος, ον [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—Thess. κῦρρος [Refs 8th c.BC+]:

I. of persons, having power or authority over, with genitive, Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὶν ἄν σε κ. στήσω τέκνων put thee in possession of.., [Refs 5th c.BC+], of the god to whom a temple is dedicated, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τῶν αὑτοὺ κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θανάτου κ. τινός with power of life and death over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

I.2. κύριός εἰμι with infinitive, I have authority to do, am entitled to do, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὗτος κ. ὁρκωμοτεῖν (probably to be read instead of -ῶν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; -ώτεροι δοῦναι better able to give, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also κ. τοῦ μὴ μεθυσθῆναι having power not to.., [Refs]: with accusative et infinitive, κ. εἶναι ἢ τοίαν εἶναι [πόλιν] ἢ τοίαν [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

κύριος

kurios

from kuros (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun)

controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God,

Lord, master, Sir.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

κύριος, ου, ὁ

n.m.

lord, Lord, master, sir

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

κύριος kyrios 717x

a lord, master, Mt. 12:8; an owner, possessor, Mt. 20:8; a potentate, sovereign, Acts 25:26; a power, deity, 1 Cor. 8:5; the Lord, Jehovah, Mt. 1:22; the Lord Jesus Christ, Mt. 24:42; Mk. 16:19; Lk. 10:1; Jn. 4:1; 1 Cor. 4:5; freq.; κύριε, a term of respect of various force, Sir, Lord, Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-GSM — Noun · genitive · singular · masculine
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-GSM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Easton's Bible Dictionary

Lord

There are various Hebrew and Greek words so rendered.

(1.) Heb. Jehovah, has been rendered in the English Bible LORD, printed in small capitals. This is the proper name of the God of the Hebrews. The form “Jehovah” is retained only in Ex. 6:3; Ps. 83:18; Isa. 12:2; 26:4, both in the Authorized and the Revised Version.

(2.) Heb. ‘adon, means one possessed of absolute control. It denotes a master, as of slaves (Gen. 24:14, 27), or a ruler of his subjects (45:8), or a husband, as lord of his wife (18:12).

The old plural form of this Hebrew word is ’adonai. From a superstitious reverence for the name “Jehovah,” the Jews, in reading their Scriptures, whenever that name…

Smith's Bible Dictionary

[GOD]

American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

This name belongs to God by preeminence; and in this sense ought never to be given to any creature. Jesus Christ, as the Messiah, the Son of God, and equal with the Father, is often called Lord in Scripture, especially in the writing of Paul. The word LORD, in the English Bible, when printed in small capitals, stands always for JEHOVAH in the Hebrew. See JEHOVAH.

Nave's Topical Bible

→ A prince Jos 13:3; Jud 3:3; 1Sa 5:8; 6:4

→ See GOD

→ See JESUS

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
86%lord
lord86% · 647×master6% · 47×other renderings3% · 22×other renderings5% · 37×

753 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 15 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject31%adverbial30%object17%predicate4%indirect object3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 718 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
Article the
αὐτόςὄνομαname, character,χάριςgrace, favor, ki
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
ἐν
εἰμίI am, existσύδέbut, on the othe
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakκαλέωI call, invite, πρός
καίand, even, also, nam
ἐγώπατήρfather, Father, ὅτιthat, since, bec
κύριοςof [the] Lord [is]718×
what comes after →
ἐγώ
ἸησοῦςJesusκαίand, even, also,κάθημαιI sit, am seated
Article the
θεόςGod, a godἀμπελώνa vineyardδέbut, on the othe
ἸησοῦςJesus
Χριστόςanointed, the Meκαίand, even, also,μετά
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theοὐNegσωτήρa savior, delive
αὐτός
χρείαneed, necessity,εἰCondλέγωI say, speak

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκύριος · 718× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Matthew 1 Corinthians John Romans 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 Thessalonians Revelation 2 Thessalonians Mark

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament23 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Shepherd of Hermas Philo of Alexandria The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome Josephus
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 1.48c. AD 40

„οὐ φυτεύσεις σεαυτῷ ἄλσος, πᾶν ξύλον παρὰ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου οὐ ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ“ (Deuter.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.265c. AD 75–95

Τῶν δὲ Ἰσάκου παίδων Ἡσαῦς, περὶ ὃν μάλιστα ὁ πατὴρ ἐσπουδάκει, τεσσαράκοντα γεγονὼς ἔτη γαμεῖ Ἄδαν τὴν Ἥλωνος καὶ Ἀλιβάμην τὴν Εὐσεβεῶνος δυναστευόντων ἐν Χαναναίοις ἀνδρῶν θυγατέρας, ἑαυτὸν ποιήσας τῆς περὶ τὸν γάμον ἐξουσίας κύριον καὶ μηδὲ τῷ…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Grenf. 1 33Thebais104 BC

ὡς ἐτῶν κζ μέση μελίχρως λεύκωμα ὀφθαλμόν, μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύρριν αἱ τρεῖς τῶν Ψεμμίνιος μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ ἑαυτῶν ἀδελφοῦ Παχνούβιος τοῦ προγεγραμμένου καὶ συνπωλουμένου, ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτοῖς πατρικῆς γῆς

P.Cair. Cat. 10353 descr.Krokodilopolis (Arsinoites108 BC–99 BC

Πανίσκου ἀγορανόμου τῆς ἄνω τοπαρχίας τοῦ Παθυρίτου. ὁμολογεῖ Πετεσοῦχος Πετεαρσεμθέως Τορτομίννει Σχώτου Περσίνη μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ ἑαυτῆς υἱοῦ Πανοβχούνιος τοῦ Ἁρπαήσιος ἐκ τῶν φρουρῶν περὶ τοῦ ἐὰν βεβαιώσῃ αὐτῶι

P.Adl. 20Poinkoris (Diopolites)99 BC

τῆς Βελλέους ὡς ἐτῶν κβ μέσης μελιχρόου στρογγυλοπροσώπου εὐθύρινος οὐλὴ μετώπῳ ἐκ δεξιῶν μετὰ κυρίου Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Ψενμεγχείους ὡς ἐτῶν λε μέσου … πάντες τῶν ἐκ τοῦ Παθυρίτου τὴν

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἐπ᾽epi upon G1909 Preposition
886× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A preposition meaning upon, to, or against, often used to show location or direction, like in Matthew 6:10 where Jesus teaches us to pray for God's will to be done on earth. It can also indicate a sense of time or order.
Tyndale gloss
upon/to/against
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἐπί (epi) is a preposition that indicates a relationship of superposition, often translated as 'on,' 'upon,' or 'over.' It can govern the genitive, dative, or accusative cases, covering meanings related to place, time, authority, and various figurative uses. In the New Testament, it frequently appears with the accusative case, especially in contexts of motion or direction, such as in Matthew 14:28.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐπί (before a smooth breathing ἐπ’, before a rough breathing ἐφ’),

prep. c. gen., dat., acc. (acc. most freq. in NT),

with primary sense of superposition, on, upon.

C. gen.,

of place, answering the question, where?

of the place on which, on, upon: ἐπὶ (τ.) γῆς, Mt 6:10, 19, al.; τ. κεφαλῆς, I Co 11:10; τ. νεφελῶν, Mt 24:30, al.; like ἐν, in constr. praegn. after verbs of motion: βάλλειν, Mk 4:26; σπείρειν, ib. 31; ἔρχεσθαι, He 6:7, al.; fig., ἐπ’ ἀληθείας (MM, s.v. ἀ.); of the subject of thought or speech, Ga 3:16; of power or authority, over, πάντων,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐπί, [before a rough breathing ἐφ᾽ (occasionally in Mss. én’; see 6. g. Ps. exly. (exlvi.) 3), and also in some instances before a smooth breathing (as ἐφ᾽ ἐλπίδι, Acts ii. 26 L; Ro. viii. 20 (21) Tdf.); 566 ἀφεῖδον. It neglects elision before proper names beginning with a vowel (exe. Αἴγυπτον Acts vii. 10, 18) and (at least in Tdf.’s txt.) before some other words, see the Proleg. p. 94 sq.; cf. W. §5,1a.; B. p. 10], a preposition [fr. the Skr. local prefix dpi; Curtius $335], joined to the gen., the dat., and the ace. ; its primary signification is upon (Lat. super; [cf. W. 374 (350) note). A. with the Genitive [cf. W. § 47, g.; B. 336 (289)]; I. of Place; and 1. of the place on which; a. upon the surface of (Lat. in or super with the abl., Germ. auf with the dat.); after verbs of abiding, remaining, standing, going, coming, etc.; of doing anything: ἐπὶ κλίνης, Mt. ix. 2; Lk. xvii. 34…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐπὶ ξένης εἶναι, and P Giss I. 2115 μένε ἐπὶ ἑαυτοῦ, “stay at home.” The sense of ‘‘near,’’ “‘in the vicinity of”’ appears in P Ryl II. 127° (A.D. 29) κοιμωμένον μον ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας: cf. Ac 5°% and see Jn 6᾽", 211 ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, where the rendering ‘“‘ near the sea,’ or, as we should say, “fon the shore,” is to be preferred (cf. Abbott /ok. Gr. p- 261). In P Lond 11688 (a.p. 18) (= III. p. 136) ἐν τοῖς ἀπὸ A(Bos μέρεσι ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις, ἐπί is almost = ἐν." The local force still underlies the meaning of such a phrase as ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας (cf. Mk 1214) in the census paper P Oxy II. 255}5 (A.D. 48) (= Selections, p. 47), where it is stated that the return is ‘“‘sound”’ and rests “on a true basis "᾿-ἐ]ξ [ὑ]γιοῦς kal ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας. Cf. also P Lille I. 264 (iii/B.c.) τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν γ[ῆν ἑτο]ιμάζω, εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθεῖς ἅπαντα καθὼς ἐπὶ τῆς διαγραφῆς τ[ο]ῦ [εἰς τὸ] τε ἔτος σπόρου μεμισθῶσϑαι…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐπί (epi) — upon/to/against.

ἐπί,

Thess. (before τ) [Refs 3rd c.BC+], to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.

__A WITH GEN.:

__A.I of Place,

__A.I.1 with Verbs of Rest, upon, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ᾽ ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (i.e. σταθέντα) [Refs]; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ᾽ ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ᾽ ἵππων on our chariot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] walk on tiptoe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support, [Refs]; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but most frequently, in, rarely in [Refs 8th c.BC+] in the country. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ οἰκήματος κατίσαι…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐπί

epi

a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time,

place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive

case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on,

etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon,

etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as

(touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a

place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf

of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward),

with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon,

etc. (literally or figuratively).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐπί

Prep.

on, to, against, on the basis of, at

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐπί epi 890x

(1) with the gen., upon, on, Mt. 4:6; 9:2; 27:19; in, of locality, Mk. 8:4; near upon, by, at, Mt. 21:19; Jn. 21:1; upon, over, of authority, Mt. 2:22; Acts 8:27; in the presence of, especially in a judicial sense, 2 Cor. 7:14; Acts 25:9; in the case of, in respect of, Jn. 6:2; Gal. 3:16; in the time of, at the time of, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐπί

on, upon with gen., dat., and acc.

prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: Radic. signf. upon.

WITH GEN.:

of Place,

with Verbs of Rest, upon or on, κεῖσθαι ἐπὶ χθονός Il.; ἐφ᾽ ἵππου on horse-back, etc.; ἐπὶ γῆς upon earth, Soph.; ἐπ᾽ ἀγροῦ in the country, Od.; also at or near, ἐπὶ Λήμνου off Lemnos, Hdt., etc.:—with Verbs of motion, the sense is pregnant, ἐπ᾽ ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, Il., etc.; ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τῶν πύργων Xen.

not strictly of Place, μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς to remain in the command, id. Xen.; ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων engaged in business, Dem.: —of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ᾽ ἀγκύρας to ride at (i. e. in dependence on an) anchor, Hdt.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
28%upon
upon28% · 258×on22% · 203×to8% · 77×in7% · 62×over7% · 59×at6% · 57×against4% · 38×for4% · 37×other renderings13% · 116×

907 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 46 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial91%predicate6%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 886 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
οὐρανόςthe sky, the heaαὐτόςλευκόςwhite, bright
αὐτός
δέbut, on the otheφιάληa shallow and flκεφαλήthe head
κάθημαιI sit, am seated
Article theκαίand, even, also,γυνήa woman, wife, m
πίπτωI fall, fall under
δέbut, on the otheκαίand, even, also,Article the
ἔρχομαιI come, go
ὁδόςa way, road, jouγάρforκαίand, even, also,
ἐπίupon886×
what comes after →
Article the
γῆthe earth, soil,κεφαλήthe headθρόνοςa throne, seat
αὐτός
καίand, even, also,Article theὅτιthat, since, bec
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
Article theὅςκαίand, even, also,
σύ
καίand, even, also,Article theπᾶςall, the whole,
ἐγώ
καίand, even, also,Article theὅς

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἐπί · 886× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Revelation Matthew Mark John Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians 1 Corinthians Ephesians 1 Peter

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament26 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 29c. AD 40

εἶθ’ ὕδατος ἀσώματον οὐσίαν καὶ πνεύματος καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἑβδόμου φωτός, ὃ πάλιν ἀσώματον ἦν καὶ νοητὸν ἡλίου παράδειγμα καὶ πάντων ὅσα φωσφόρα ἄστρα κατὰ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἔμελλε συνίστασθαι.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὡς Ἅβραμος ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀσσυρίους ἐκστρατεύσας ἐνίκησε καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους τῶν Σοδομιτῶν ἔσωσε καὶ τὴν λείαν ἣν ἔλαβον ἀφείλετο.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.2c. AD 100

Μεγάλων μὲν ὄντων καὶ πλουσίων τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιωμάτων εἰς ὑμᾶς, ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθ̓ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς μακαρίοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις ὑμῶν πνεύμασιν: οὕτως ἔμφυτον τῆς δωρεᾶς πνευματικῆς χάριν εἰλήφατε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 2nd c. BC 1st c. AD 4th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

ἣν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐωνήσατο παρὰ Πανοβχούνιος τοῦ Τοτόηους ἐν τῷ ιε ἔτει Παῦνι γ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρχείου, μιᾶς μὲν ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ λιβὸς πεδίωι, γείτονες· νότου γῆ Πατοῦτος τοῦ

P.Lond. 3 p. 18 no. 678Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)100 BC–99 BC

καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν μηνὸς Χοιὰκ … ἐν Κροκοδίλων πόλει ἐπὶ Πανίσκου ἀγορανόμου τῆς ἄνω τοπαρχίας τοῦ Παθυρίτου. ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Σχώτου ἱερεὺς Σούχου καὶ Ἀφροδίτης

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

ἐδέξατο Πακοῖβις ὁ πριάμενος. Ἑρμίας ὁ παρὰ Πανίσκου κεχρημάτικα. ἔτους ιϛ Τῦβι λ. τέτακται ἐπὶ τὴν ἐν Κροκοδίλων πόλει τράπεζαν ἐφʼ ἧς Παγκράτης δεκάτης ἐνκυκλίου διʼ Ἀπολλωνίου τελώνου Πακοῖβις

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἐμέ,egō Me myself, G1473 Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
2,567× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This is a pronoun meaning I or me, used by the speaker to refer to themselves. It is often used in the Bible to emphasize the speaker's identity.
Tyndale gloss
I/we
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The first-person pronoun. A Greek verb already carries its person in the ending, so the pronoun is usually present for emphasis. Luke puts himself inside the “us” among whom these things were fulfilled: he writes as one of the people the events happened to, not as an observer standing outside them.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,

pers. pron.

I.

The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX).

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐγώ, gen. ἐμοῦ, enclitic pod; dat. ἐμοί, enclitic μοί; acc. ἐμέ, enclitic μέ; plur. ἡμεῖς, ete.; personal pronoun, J. 1. The nominatives ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, when joined to a verb, generally have force and emphasis, or indicate antithesis, as Mt. iii. 11; Mk.i. 8; Lk. iii. 16 (ἐγὼ pev... ὁ δέ); Mt. iii. 14 (ἐγὼ... ἔχω, καὶ σύν ; V. 22, 28, 39, and often; ἡμεῖς, contrasted with God, Mt. vi. 12; ἡμεῖς x. of Φαρισαῖοι, Mt. ix. 14; cf. W. § 22,6. But sometimes they are used where there is no emphasis or antithesis in them, as Mt. x. 16; Jn. x. 17; and in many edd. in Mk. i. 2; Lk. vii. 27; οἵ. B. §129, 12. ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, 1397, behold me, hereamT: Acts ix.10 (1S. iii. 8). ἐγώ, like 38, Jam: Jn. i. 23; Acts vii. 32, [ef. W.585 (544); B. 125 (109)]. 2. The enclitic (and monosyllabic) gen., dat., and ace. are connected with nouns, verbs, adverbs, but not with prepositions: ἔμπροσθέν pov, Jn. i. 15; ὀπίσω…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐγώ. Deissmann (ZAZ p. 134 ff.) has drawn attention to the parallels to the solemn use of the first personal pronoun in the Fourth Gospel that may be adduced from inscriptions and magical texts. Thus in an inscr. in honour of Isis from Ios, written in ii/iii A.p., the contents of which are preChristian, we find —Elows ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ τ[ύρανν]ος πάσης χόρας.. ἐγὼ νόμους ἀνθρώποις ἐθέμην . . ἐγώ εἰμι Kpdvov θυγάτηρ πρεσβυτάτη α΄. And similarly in the magical papyrus P Lond 4645 (iv/a.p.) (=I. p. 69) ἐγώ εἰμι ὃ ἀκέφαλος δαίμων . . ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια ὁ μεισῶν ἀδικήματα γείνεσθαι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ α΄. With the construction of the phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ; in Jn 24 we may compare BGU IV. 1141°8 (n.c. 14) ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ διαστολὰς μηδὲν αὐτῶι καὶ ἐκείνωι εἶναι : for its meaning see Ε΄. C. Burkitt in 77:5 xiii. p- 594f., where it is rendered, ‘‘ What have I and thou to do with that ?” On the difficult…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐγώ (egō) — I/we.

ἐγώ,

I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐγώ

ego

a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when

emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see 1691, 1698,

1700, 2248, 2249, 2254, 2257, etc.

see GREEK for 1691

see GREEK for 1698

see GREEK for 1700

see GREEK for 2248

see GREEK for 2249

see GREEK for 2254

see GREEK for 2257

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐγώ

Pers.pr.

I

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐγώ egō 2x

I, gen., ἐμοῦ [μου], dat., ἐμοί [μοι], acc., ἐμέ [με]

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐγώ

pron. of the first person, Lat ego

epic ἐγών before vowels

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-1AS — Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-1AS Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Person: first Case: Accusative Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
47%i myself
i myself47% · 406×me myself21% · 180×me13% · 114×myself4% · 36×mine4% · 36×my3% · 26×i myself also3% · 26×other renderings5% · 42×

866 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 25 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject30%object26%adverbial26%indirect object10%predicate6%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 2,567 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
πατήρfather, Father, ance
Article theθεόςGod, a godκαίand, even, also,
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
Article theναίDisjδέbut, on the othe
ἐν
μένωI remain, abideεἰμίI am, existπατήρfather, Father,
καίand, even, also, nam
ὡςas, like as, howαὐτόςοὕτωthus, so, in thi
δίδωμιI offer, give
ὅςArticle theαὐτός
ἐγώMe myself,2567×
what comes after →
Article the
θεόςGod, a godπατήρfather, Father, ἐν
καίand, even, also, nam
Article theσύοὐNeg
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theκαίand, even, also,σύ
ἐν
Article theΧριστόςanointed, the Meαὐτός
δέbut, on the other ha
οὐNegλέγωI say, speakArticle the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἐγώ · 2,567× in the New Testament
John Acts Luke Matthew 2 Corinthians Romans Mark 1 Corinthians Revelation Hebrews Galatians Philippians

18 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 853 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 17c. AD 40

ᾗ δὲ συνέστηκεν, εἰσόμεθα παρακολουθήσαντες εἰκόνι τινὶ τῶν παρ’ ἡμῖν.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ὅπως Ἅβραμος ὁ πρόγονος ἡμῶν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῆς Χαλδαίων γῆς κατέσχε τὴν τότε μὲν Χαναναίαν νῦν δὲ Ἰουδαίαν λεγομένην.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 6th c. AD 3rd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 35Ptolemais - Akko (Syrien)103 BC

συνγενόμενοι Ὥρωι Ψεν … λειτουργῶι μέχρι τοῦ ἀποδοθῆι τὸν ἐπεσταλμένον ἡμῖν κατὰ μῆνα πυρὸν τοῖς παρʼ ἡμῶν. διʼ ἄλλων γεγράφαμεν ὑμῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν βουλόμεθα μηδεμιᾶς

P.Adl. 14Pathyris101 BC

σφραγίδων, ἧς ἐτελειώθη ὠνῆς ἀποστασίου ἐν τῷ ιδ ἔτει Φαῶφι ι εἰς τὸ ἐνλιπὸν μοι ἄπρατον γῆς ἀρουρῶν γ, καὶ μὴ ἐπελεύσεσθαι μήτʼ αὐτὸν Κολλούθην μήδʼ ἄλλον μηδένα ὑπὲρ

P.Cair. Goodspeed 9Pathyris100 BC–99 BC

παρὰ Πατῆτος τοῦ Πανεβχώνιος. ἐκμισθωθείσης μοι τῆς νήσου καλουμένης Περχμασσινηιτ εἰς τὸ ιϛ ἔτος πυροῦ ἀρτάβας τεσσαράκοντα πέντε γίνονται πυροῦ

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
οὗhos, hē of which G3739 Relative pronoun · genitive · singular · neuter
1,407× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The word which is a pronoun used to ask for or identify something, as seen in John 5:11. It can also be used to describe a person or thing, such as in Mark 15:23. This word helps to clarify or specify what is being talked about.
Tyndale gloss
which
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ὅς is a pronoun meaning 'who,' 'which,' 'what,' or 'that.' It serves as both a demonstrative and a relative pronoun, agreeing in gender with its antecedent. The New Testament uses it in various constructions, including phrases like ὃς μὲν... ὃς δέ to indicate contrasting subjects. Notably, it can express purpose or cause in certain contexts.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,

the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν).

As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom.: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, freq. in Plat.), Mk 15:23, Jo 5:11; ὃς μὲν . . . ὃς δέ, the one . . . the other, Mt 21:35 22:5 25:15, Lk 23:33, Ac 27:14, Ro 14:5, I Co 11:21, II Co 2:16, Ju 22; neut., ὃ μὲν . . . ὃ δέ, the one . . . the other, some . . . some, Mt 13:8, 23, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὅς 455 ὅς iii. 5 [RG], 6; Heb. vi. 10; ix. 20; Jas. ii. 5; 1 In. iii. 24; Jude 15; for other exx. see below; ἐν ὥρᾳ 7 οὐ γινώoxet, Mt. xxiv. 50; τῇ παραδύσει 9 παρεδώκατε, Mk. vii. 13 ; add, Lk. ii. 20; v. 9; ix. 435 xii. 46; xxiv. 25; Jn. xvii. 5; Acts ii. 22; xvii. 31; xx. 38; 2 Co. xii. 21; 2Th.i. 4; Rev. xviii. 6; ef. W. § 24,1; [B. as above]. Rarely attraction oceurs where the verb governs the dative [but see below]: thus, κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσε θεοῦ for xarévavre θεοῦ, ᾧ ἐπίστευσε (See κατέναντι). Ro. iv. 17; φωνῆς, ἧς ἔκραξα (for 7 (al. ἥν, οἴ. W. 164 (154 sq.) Β. 287 (217)}7), Acts xxiv. 21, οἵ. Is. vi. 4; (7γετο δὲ καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ τε πιστῶν, οἷς ἥδετο καὶ ὧν ἠπίστει πολλούς, for καὶ πολλοὺς τούτων, οἷς ἠπίστει, Xen. Cyr. ὅ, 4, 39; ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς; for οὐδεὶς τούτων, οἷς ἐντετ. Plato, Gorg. p. 509 ἃ.; Protag. p. 361 6.; derep.7 p.531e.; παρ᾽ ὧν βοηθεῖς, οὐδεμίαν λήψει…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ος is found as a demonstrative pronoun in P Ryl II. 14415 (complaint of assault—a.D. 38) ὃς δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἄλογον ἀηδίαν μοι ἐπιχειρήσας παρεχρήσατό μοι πολλὰ καὶ ἄσχημα, ‘“whereupon he opposing me made a brutal and odious attack upon me and subjected me to much shameful mishandling” (Edd.): cf. Mk 15%, Jn 51. For ὃς μέν... ὃς δέ, “the one . . the other,” as in Mt 21° a/., see P Oxy IX. 1189? (c. A.D. 117) ἐπιστολὰς δύο ds ἔγραψα ἣν μὲν σοὶ ἣν δὲ Σαβείνῳ, and for ὃς δέ solétarium see PSI. IV. 313° (iii/iv A.D.) with the editor’s note. Ὃς ἄν (ἐάν) c. conj. = ‘‘ whosoever ” may be illustrated Ly P Par 4622 (B.c. 153) (= Witkowski*, p. 87), περὶ dv ἂν βούληι γράφε, P Grenf I. 30% (B.c. 103) ἐφ} οἷς ἂν οὖν ὑμῶν προσδέωνται, P Oxy IV. 743%% (B.C. 2) ἐν ols ἐὰν σοῦ προσδέηται, °° ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐὰν θέλῃς. For the comparative usage of ὃς ἄν and ὃς ἐάν, see Thackeray Gr. i. p. 68, cited s.v. ἄν.…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὅς (hos, hē) — which.

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ,

genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc.; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used,

__A as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.

__B as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὅς ἥ ὅ

hos

he hay, and neuter

ho ho

probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article 3588); the

relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what,

that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se),

etc. See also 3757.

see GREEK for 3588

see GREEK for 3757

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ

Rel.pr.

who, which, what, that

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὅς hos 1x

who, which, what, that, Mt. 1:16, 23, 25; in NT interrog. ἐφ’ ὅ, wherefore, why, Mt. 26:50; in NT ὅς μὲν ... ὅς δέ, for ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, Mt. 21:35; 2 Cor. 2:16

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Rel-GSN — Relative pronoun · genitive · singular · neuter
genitive — of, from, belonging to.
Agrees with anything else marked singular neuter.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

R-GSN Part of Speech: Relative pronoun Case: Genitive Number: Singular Gender: Neuter

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

ov:

(1) In Anglo-Saxon, had the meaning "from," "away from" (as the strengthened form "off" has still), and was not used for genitive or possessive relations, these being expressed by special case-forms. In the Norman period, however, "of" was taken to represent the French de (a use well developed by the time of Chaucer), and in the Elizabethan period both senses of "of" were in common use. But after about 1600 the later force of the word became predominant, and in the earlier sense (which is now practically obsolete) it was replaced by other prepositions. In consequence the King James Version (and in some cases the Revised Version (British and American)) contains many uses of "of" that are no longer familiar--most of them, to be sure, causing no difficulty, but there still being a few responsible for real obscurities.

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

OF, preposition ov. [Gr.]

1. From or out of; proceeding from, as the cause, source, means, author or agent bestowing.

I have received of the Lord that which also I delivered to you. 1 Corinthians 11:1.

For it was of the Lord to harden their hearts. Joshua 11:1.

It is of the Lord's mercies that we are not consumed.

Lamentations 3:1.

The whole disposing thereof is of the Lord. Proverbs 16:1.

Go, inquire of the Lord for me. 2 Chronicles 34:2.

That holy thing that shall be born of thee. Luke 1:1.

Hence of is the sign of the genitive case, the case that denotes production; as the son of man, the son proceeding from man, produced from man. This is the primary sense, although we now say, produced by man. 'Part of these were slain; ' that is, a number separate, for part denotes a division; the sense then is, a number from or out of the whole were slain. So also, 'some of these were slain; ' that is…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
25%which
which25% · 356×whom20% · 291×who17% · 238×that14% · 199×what8% · 117×whatever2% · 30×whose2% · 29×other renderings10% · 145×other renderings2% · 25×

1,430 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 60 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object40%subject29%adverbial26%indirect object3%predicate3%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 1,407 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
ἐν
ἡμέραa dayαὐτόςἵναin order that, s
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςἔχωI have, hold, poυἱόςa son, descenden
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakἀπόλλυμιI destroy, lose,δοῦλος (II)
διά
ἐκεῖνοςΧριστόςanointed, the Meαὐτός
εἰς
καίand, even, also,ἐγώοἰκίαa house, househo
ὅςof which1407×
what comes after →
εἰμίI am, exist
Article theμεθερμηνεύωI translate, intκαίand, even, also,
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existἔξεστι(ν)it is permitted,γινώσκωI come to know,
Article the
θεόςGod, a godυἱόςa son, descendenκύριοςlord, Lord, mast
καίand, even, also, nam
σύποιέωI do, makeαὐτός
δέbut, on the other ha
ἄνDisjἑξήκονταIndecτριάκονταIndec

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceὅς · 1,407× in the New Testament
Acts Luke John Matthew Romans Mark Hebrews Revelation 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians Colossians Ephesians

22 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 33c. AD 40

ἵν’ οὖν μὴ αἰεὶ συμφερόμεναι στασιάζωσι καὶ πόλεμος ἀντ’ εἰρήνης ἐπικρατῇ τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐν κόσμῳ τιθείς, οὐ μόνον ἐχώρισε φῶς καὶ σκότος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅρους ἐν μέσοις ἔθετο διαστήμασιν, οἷς ἀνεῖρξε τῶν ἄκρων ἑκάτερον·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

πῶς τὸ Σοδομιτῶν ἔθνος θεὸς κατεστρέψατο χολωθεὶς αὐτοῖς ἐφ' οἷς ἡμάρτανον.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 4.8c. AD 100

Μωϋσῆ Μωϋσῆ, κατάβηθι τὸ τάχος, ὅτι ἠνόμησεν ὁ λαός σου, οὓς ἐξήγαγες ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ συνῆκεν Μωϋσῆς καὶ ἔριψεν τὰς δύο πλάκας ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ: καὶ συνετρίβη αὐτῶν ἡ διαθήκη, ἵνα ἡ τοῦ ἠγαπημένου Ἰησοῦ ἐγκατασφραγισθῇ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν ἡμῶν…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 2nd c. BC
P.Grenf. 1 32Pelusion103 BC

θεοῖς. καλῶς ποιήσεις διαλύσας Ἁρκοννῆσιν καὶ Ψενανοῦπιν καὶ … … ελθεῖν ἐπὶ προ … ους καὶ γραψάτωσαν ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐσπούδασας διὰ τὰς ἡμῶν παρακλήσεις καὶ ση

P.Adl. 15Pathyris (?)101 BC

ἐδάνεισεν Ὧρος Ὥρου Ὥρωι Νεχούτου ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος μελίχρως ὑποκλαστὸς ἀναφάλακρος μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν οὖς ἀριστερὸν τετρημένον πυροῦ ἀρτάβας τεσσαράκοντα ἓξ κριθῆς ἑξήκοντα ἐννέα , ἴσους ἀτόκους, ὧν ἀπόδοσιν

P.Adl. 17Krokodilopolis (Pathyrites)100 BC

τῆς ἐπιγονῆς τῶν ἐκ Παθύρεως ὡς ἐτῶν ν μέσος μελίχρως τετανὸς ἀναφάλακρος μακροπρόσωπος εὐθύριν οὖς ἀριστερὸν τετρημένον χαλκοῦ ταλάντων πέντε . προπωλητὴς καὶ βεβαιωτὴς τῶν κατὰ τὴν ὠνὴν ταύτην

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
εἵνεκενheneka, ehineken because G1752 Preposition
26× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Because of means on account of something, like doing something for a reason or because of a person, as seen in Matthew 5:10-11 and Luke 6:22.
Tyndale gloss
because of
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἕνεκα (lemma: heneka) is a preposition used with the genitive, meaning 'on account of' or 'for the sake of.' It appears in various New Testament passages, often indicating a reason or cause, such as in Matthew and Acts. The word can also appear in forms like ἕνεκεν and εἵνεκεν, with slight variations in usage, but the core meaning remains consistent across sources.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἕνεκα (so Mt 19:5, Lk 6:22, Ac 19:32 26:21; elsewhere, prop, only before a vowel, ἕνεκεν; εἵνεκεν, originally Ionic: Lk 4:18 18:29, Ac 28:20, II Co 3:10),

prep. c. gen.,

on account of, because of: Mt 5:10, 11 16:25 19:29, Mk 8:35, Lk 6:22, Ac 28:20, Ro 8:36, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἕνεκα (only before consonants [ Rec. three times (Grsb. twice) out of twenty-five]), and ἕνεκεν [R G 19 times, L (out of 26) 21 times, Tr 20, WH 18, T 17], or in a form at first Ionic εἵνεκεν (Lk. iv. 18 [Rec. &.; xviii. 29 T WH; Acts xxviii. 20 TWH]; 2 Co. iii. 10 [RGLmrg. év.]; vii. 12 [RG], both the last forms alike before consonants and vowels [cf. s. v. N,v; W. §5,1d.1; Β. 10 (9); Kriiger (dialects) § 68, 19,1; WH. App. Ρ. 1137), a prep. foll. by the genitive, on account of, for the sake of, for: Mt. v. 10 sq.; xvi. 25; xix. 29; Mk. viii. 35; Lk. vi. 22; Acts xxviii. 20; Ro. viii. 36; 2 Co. iii. 10; ἕνεκεν τούτου, for this cause, therefore, Mt. xix. 5; τούτων, Acts xXxvi. 21; τίνος ἕνεκεν, for what cause, wherefore, Acts xix. 32; before rod with inf. expressing purpose [ W. 329 (309); B. 266 (228)], 2 Co. vii. 12; οὗ εἵνεκεν, because, Lk. iv. 18; cf. Meyer ad…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἕνεκα (heneka, ehineken) — because of.

ἕνεκα,

[Refs 8th c.BC+], or ἕνεκεν (twice in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; twice in 4th C Attic dialect Inscrr., [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; in late Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect, Ionic dialect, and poetry εἵνεκα (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], or εἵνεκεν (both forms in [Refs 5th c.BC+] and not uncommon in codices of later writers; εἵνεκεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἵνεκε [Refs 5th c.BC+]: ἕνεκε [Refs 4th c.BC+]: Aeolic dialect ἔννεκα [Refs 7th c.BC+], but ἔνεκα [Refs]ἕνεκον [Refs], etc.:—preposition with genitive, usually after its case; also before, [Refs 8th c.BC+] When it follows its case, it is sometimes separated from it by several words, as in [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἕνεκα ἕνεκεν εἵνεκεν

heneka

or heneken hen'-ek-en

or heineken hi'-nek-en

of uncertain affinity; on account of:--because, for (cause, sake),

(where-)fore, by reason of, that.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἕνεκεν

Prep.

for the sake of, on account of, wherefore

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

εἵνεκεν heineken 2x

see ἕνεκα, on account of, Lk. 4:18; Acts 28:20; 2 Cor. 3:10*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἕνεκα or -κεν prep. with gen., mostly after its case, Il., etc.: on account of, for the sake of, because of, for, Lat. gratia, id. Il., etc.

as far as regards, as for, ἐμοῦ γε ἕνεκα as far as depends on me, Ar.; εἵνεκέν γε χρημάτων Hdt., etc.

pleon., ἀμφὶ σοὔνεκα Soph.; ὅσον ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα as far as shouting went, Thuc.

as Conjunct., for οὕνεκα, because, Hhymn.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

be-kos' (hina, "in order that"): "The multitude rebuked them, because (AV; the Revised Version (British and American) "that") they should hold their peace" (Mt 20:31).

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
50%on account of
on account of50% · 13×the sake of23% · 6×because15% · 4×cause4% · 1×because of4% · 1×the sake4% · 1×

26 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 6 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 26 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ψυχήthe soul, life,
ἀγρόςa field, the country
Disj
διώκωI pursue, persecute
Article the
ψεύδομαιI lie
σύ
ἄγωI lead
βασιλεύςa king, ruler, e
ἕνεκαbecause26×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδικέωI act unjustly tἐμόςεὐαγγέλιονthe good news, t
ἐγώ
εἰςεὑρίσκωI findκαίand, even, also,
οὗτος
καταλείπωI leave behind, ἐγώ
δικαιοσύνηjustice, justness, r
ὅτιthat, since, bec
χρίωI anoint
ἐγώ

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἕνεκα · 26× in the New Testament
Matthew Luke Mark 2 Corinthians Acts Romans
Across the New Testament6 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 81 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Shepherd of Hermas Ignatius of Antioch Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 5c. AD 40

οὐ μὴν διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡσυχαστέον, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ θεοφιλοῦς καὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐπιτολμητέον λέγειν, οἴκοθεν μὲν οὐδέν, ὀλίγα δ’ ἀντὶ πολλῶν, ἐφ’ ἃ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην διάνοιαν φθάνειν εἰκὸς ἔρωτι καὶ πόθῳ σοφίας κατεσχημένην.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.32c. AD 75–95

πέμπτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ζῷά τε κατʼ αὐτὴν νηκτὰ καὶ μετάρσια τὰ μὲν κατὰ βάθους τὰ δὲ διʼ ἀέρος ἀνῆκε συνδησάμενος αὐτὰ κοινωνίᾳ καὶ μίξει γονῆς ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ συναύξεσθαι καὶ πλεονάζειν αὐτῶν τὴν φύσιν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 4th c. AD 3rd c. AD 2nd c. AD 5th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 3 59454Krokodilopolis? Philadelphia? (Arsinoites)247 BC

βούληται, ἑαυτῆι βοηθήσει ὡς ἂν Ἑρμάφιλος παραγένηται καὶ παρέχηι τὸ δίκαιον λαβεῖν παρὰ σοῦ· ἕνεκεν δʼ ἐμοῦ, ὅπως τὸν ἔγγυον μηδʼ ἐνοχλῆις, ἐμὲ δέ, ἐάνπερ δύνηι, καὶ ὕβριζε καὶ

τοῖς περὶ τὸν Μενέλαον οὐκέτι συνηλλάξαμεν διὰ τὸ ἐξαπίνης ἐγδημῆσαι. ἐπίστω δὲ καὶ ὧν ἕνεκεν κατεπλεύσαμεν κατὰ λόγον ὄντα· οὐ μέντοι γε ἐξεποίησεν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν διὰ τὰς ἐνεστηκυίας

Feste 60243 BC–242 BC

ἥμισυ, φάμενος οὐχ ἱκανὰ ταῦτʼ εἶναί μοι εἰς ἄθλησιν, ἄλλʼ ἀξιῶν ὑμᾶς Δημέου θʼ ἕνεκεν καὶ τοῦ καλῶς ἔχοντος δίδοσθαί μοι καθʼ ἕκαστον μῆνα εἰς μὲν κρέα δραχμὰς ἑπτὰ

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἔχρισένchriō He has anointed G5548 Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular
5× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To anoint means to smear or rub with oil, often used to consecrate someone to a sacred office, as seen in Exodus 28:41 and Acts 4:27.
Amplified meaning
smeared or rubbed with oil
Tyndale gloss
to anoint
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word χρίω (*chriō*) means 'to anoint' and is often associated with consecration to a sacred office, such as a priest or king. In the New Testament, it refers to God's anointing of Jesus and the endowment of Christians with the Holy Spirit. It can also imply the act of rubbing or smearing with oil, and is used metaphorically in various contexts, including Acts 10:38 and 2 Corinthians 1:21.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

χρίω

to anoint (Hom., al.);

[in LXX chiefly for משׁח of consecration to a sacred office: priest, Ex 28:41; prophet, III Ki 19:16; king, I Ki 10:1; of things, Ex 40:9, Le 8:10, al.].

In NT, metaph., of God's anointing,

Christ: Ac 4:27; c. inf., Lk 4:18 (LXX); c. dupl. acc (v. Bl., § 34, 4), He 1:9 (LXX); πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, Ac 10:38;

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

χρίω: 1 aor. ἔχρισα; (akin to χείρ [(?), see Curtius § 201], χραίνω ; prop. ‘to touch with the hand’, ‘to besmear’); fr. Hom. down; Sept. for Mw; to anoint (on the persons who received anointing among the Hebrews, see χρίσμα); in the N. T. only trop. of God a. consecrating Jesus to the Messianic office, and furnishing him with powers necessary for its administration (see xpiopa): Lk. iv. 18 (after Is. lxi. 1); contrary to common usage with an ace. of the thing, ἔλαιον (like verbs of clothing, putting on, ete. [ef. W. $32, 4 ἃ. ; B.§ 131, 6]), Heb. i. 9 (fr. Ps. xliv. (xlv.) 8; in Theoph. ad Autol. 1, 12 we find χρίεσθαι ἔλαιον θεοῦ and yp. φωτὶ καὶ πνεύματι almost in the same sentence); πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, Acts x. 38; also χρίειν used absol., Acts iv. 27. b. enduing Christians with the gifts of the Holy Spirit [ef. Westcott on 1 Jn. ii. 20]: 2 Co. 1. 21. [Comp.: év-, ἐπι- ypiw.…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

χρίω, ‘anoint with oil,” is applied to camels in P Flor III. 3645 (iii/A.D.) ἐχρίσθησαν ot προκείμενοι κάμ(ηλοι) : see also s.v. ἀλείφω sub fix. For the meaning ‘‘ provide oil,”’ cf. P Oxy XII. 1413!® (A.D. 270-5), where the gymnasiarch is reported as saying that so-and-so promised eJis τὴν τρια]κάδα τοῦ Μεσορὴ χρεῖσαι. τῇ μὲν τριακάδι οὐκ ἔχρεισεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑξῆς νεομηνίᾳ δι᾿ ἐμοῦ ἔ[χρεισεῖν, “ἴο provide oil on Mesore 30. On-Mesore 30 he failed to provide oil, but on the first day of the following month he provided it through me” (Edd.). The word is common in the magic papyri. See also P Leid ΑΙ. 24,33 (= IT. pp. 99, 101]. From the inscrr. cf. Sy/2 567 (=*983)1® (ii/A.p.) where worshippers in a temple are described as πρότερον xpetoaμένους ἐλαίῳ, and 24. 804 (=% 1170)}8 (ii/A.D.) νάπωι kal ἁλσὶν κεχρειμένος, the account of a cure. The subst. χρῖσις occurs in P Petr II. 25(a)!* (iii/B.c.)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

χρίω (chriō) — to anoint.

χρίω,

Epic dialect imperfect χρῖον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future χρίσω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔχρῑσα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect χρῖσα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect κέχρῑκα [LXX]:—middle, future χρίσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist participle χρῑσάμενος[Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, future χρισθήσομαι [LXX]: aorist ἐχρίσθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect κέχρῑμαι [LXX+5th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκέχριστο falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἐκέχριντο [Refs 3rd c.BC+]. [Even in present and imperfect ι is long, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χρῐει only in late Poets, as [Refs 3rd c.BC+]future and all other tenses ῑ without exception, whence the proper accent. is χρῖσαι, κεχρῖσθαι, χρῖσμα, etc.:—touch the surface of a body slightly, especially of the human body, graze…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

χρίω

chrio

probably akin to 5530 through the idea of contact; to smear or rub

with oil, i.e. (by implication) to consecrate to an office or

religious service:--anoint.

see GREEK for 5530

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

χρίω

v.

I anoint

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

χρίω chriō 5x

to anoint; in NT to anoint, by way of instituting to a dignity, function, or privilege, Lk. 4:18; Acts 4:27; 10:38; 2 Cor. 1:21; Heb. 1:9*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

χρίω to touch on the surface: to rub or anoint with scented unguents, Hom.; λόεον καὶ χρῖον ἐλαίωι Od.; πέπλον χρ. to infect with poison, Soph.; metaph., ἱμέρωι χρίσασ᾽ οἰστόν Eur.:—Mid. to anoint oneself, Od., Hes.: c. acc. rei, χρίεσθαι ἰούς to anoint (i. e. poison) one's arrows, Od.:—Pass., χρίεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου, of a dead body left exposed to the sun, Hdt.

to rub over with colour: Pass. to be coloured, id. Hdt.:—Mid., χρίεσθαι τὰ σώματα to smear their bodies, Xen.

to wound on the surface, prick, sting, Aesch.:—Pass., ὀξυστόμωι μύωπι χρισθεῖσ᾽ id. Xen.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-AAI-3S — Verb · aorist · active · indicative · third person · singular
aorist active indicative — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
20%you anointed
you anointed20% · 1×anointed20% · 1×having anointed20% · 1×has anointed20% · 1×he has anointed20% · 1×

5 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 5 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 5 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
ἕνεκα
ὅς
ὅς
ἸησοῦςJesus
ὡςas, like as, how, wh
ΝαζαράProp
καίand, even, also, nam
Χριστόςanointed, the Me
οὗτος
διά
χρίωHe has anointed
what comes after →
ἐγώ
εὐαγγελίζωI bring good newθεόςGod, a god
ἩρῴδηςHerod
τέDisj
αὐτός
Article the
σύ
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceχρίω · 5× in the New Testament
Acts 2 Corinthians Hebrews Luke
Across the New Testament4 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 37 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas
JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 9.149c. AD 75–95

συναγαγόντες δὲ τὸν παῖδα εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐπέθεσαν αὐτῷ τὸν στέφανον τὸν βασιλικὸν καὶ τῷ ἐλαίῳ χρίσας Ἰώδας ἀπέδειξε βασιλέα·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. AD
P.Oxy. 12 1413OxyrhynchosAD 272

Πτολεμαῖος γυμνησίαρχος εἶπεν· … εἰς τὴν τριακάδα τοῦ Μεσορὴ χρῖσαι. τῇ μὲν τριακάδι οὐκ ἔχρισεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑξῆς νεομηνίᾳ διʼ ἐμοῦ ἔχρισεν, παραδεχ …… , β … ς ὁ

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
μεegō Me G3165 Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
1,872× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
In plain English
Tyndale gloss
I/we
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,

pers. pron.

I.

The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX).

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐγώ, gen. ἐμοῦ, enclitic pod; dat. ἐμοί, enclitic μοί; acc. ἐμέ, enclitic μέ; plur. ἡμεῖς, ete.; personal pronoun, J. 1. The nominatives ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, when joined to a verb, generally have force and emphasis, or indicate antithesis, as Mt. iii. 11; Mk.i. 8; Lk. iii. 16 (ἐγὼ pev... ὁ δέ); Mt. iii. 14 (ἐγὼ... ἔχω, καὶ σύν ; V. 22, 28, 39, and often; ἡμεῖς, contrasted with God, Mt. vi. 12; ἡμεῖς x. of Φαρισαῖοι, Mt. ix. 14; cf. W. § 22,6. But sometimes they are used where there is no emphasis or antithesis in them, as Mt. x. 16; Jn. x. 17; and in many edd. in Mk. i. 2; Lk. vii. 27; οἵ. B. §129, 12. ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, 1397, behold me, hereamT: Acts ix.10 (1S. iii. 8). ἐγώ, like 38, Jam: Jn. i. 23; Acts vii. 32, [ef. W.585 (544); B. 125 (109)]. 2. The enclitic (and monosyllabic) gen., dat., and ace. are connected with nouns, verbs, adverbs, but not with prepositions: ἔμπροσθέν pov, Jn. i. 15; ὀπίσω…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐγώ. Deissmann (ZAZ p. 134 ff.) has drawn attention to the parallels to the solemn use of the first personal pronoun in the Fourth Gospel that may be adduced from inscriptions and magical texts. Thus in an inscr. in honour of Isis from Ios, written in ii/iii A.p., the contents of which are preChristian, we find —Elows ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ τ[ύρανν]ος πάσης χόρας.. ἐγὼ νόμους ἀνθρώποις ἐθέμην . . ἐγώ εἰμι Kpdvov θυγάτηρ πρεσβυτάτη α΄. And similarly in the magical papyrus P Lond 4645 (iv/a.p.) (=I. p. 69) ἐγώ εἰμι ὃ ἀκέφαλος δαίμων . . ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια ὁ μεισῶν ἀδικήματα γείνεσθαι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ α΄. With the construction of the phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ; in Jn 24 we may compare BGU IV. 1141°8 (n.c. 14) ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ διαστολὰς μηδὲν αὐτῶι καὶ ἐκείνωι εἶναι : for its meaning see Ε΄. C. Burkitt in 77:5 xiii. p- 594f., where it is rendered, ‘‘ What have I and thou to do with that ?” On the difficult…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μέ (me) — me.

ἐγώ,

I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐγώ

me

a shorter (and probably originally) from of 1691; me:--I, me, my.

see GREEK for 1691

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐγώ egō 2x

I, gen., ἐμοῦ [μου], dat., ἐμοί [μοι], acc., ἐμέ [με]

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-1AS — Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-1AS Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Person: first Case: Accusative Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
35%us
us35% · 717×me32% · 644×mine20% · 402×we ourselves6% · 124×my2% · 45×other renderings5% · 97×

2,029 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 27 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
εὐαγγελίσασθαιeuangelizomai to evangelise G2097 Verb · aorist · middle · infinitive
54× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To announce good news, especially the gospel, is the meaning of this word, as seen in Revelation 10:7 and Luke 16. It means to share the message of God's love and salvation. This word is often translated as 'evangelize' or 'preach the gospel'.
Amplified meaning
proclaim or herald, the gospel
Tyndale gloss
to speak good news
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

εὐαγγελίζω is a verb meaning to announce good news, particularly in a Christian context referring to the gospel. It is derived from roots meaning 'good' and 'message.' The New Testament frequently uses it to describe the act of proclaiming the message of salvation through Christ, as seen in verses like Luke 4:18 and Romans 1:15. The lexicons do not show significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

εὐαγγελίζω

[in LXX for בָּשַׂר pi., hith.; for good news in general: I Ki 31:9, al.; of God's loving kindness, Ps 39 (40):10 95 (96):2, and esp. of Messianic blessings, Is 40:9 60:6, al. ;]

to bring or announce glad tidings;

act. (only in late writers): c. acc pers., Re 10:7; seq. ἐπί, c. acc pers., Re 14:6; pass., of things, to be proclaimed as glad tidings: Lk 16:16, Ga 1:11, I Pe 1:25; impers., I Pe 4:6; of persons, to have glad tidings…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

εὐαγγελίζω : 1 aor. εὐηγγέλισα (Rev. x. 7; xiv. 6; 1S. xxxi. 9; 2S. xviii. 19; W. 71 (69); [B. 35 (30)]); Pass., pres. εὐαγγελίζομαι : pf. ptep. εὐηγγελισμένοι (Heb. iv. 2); 1 aor. εὐηγγελίσθην; Mid., pres. evayyed (Copat ; impf. εὐηγγελιζόμην (Acts viii. 25 LT Tr WH); 1 aor. εὐηγγελισάμην ; (εὐάγγελος bringing good news); Sept. for Wa; to bring good news, to announce glad tidings; Vulg. evangelizo [ete.]; used in the O. T. of any kind of good news: 1S. xxxi. 9; 2. 5.1. 30; 1 Chr.x.9; of the joyful tidings of God’s kindnesses, Ps. xxxix. (xl.) 10; τὸ σωτήριον θεοῦ, Ps. χον. (xevi.) 2; in particular, of the Messianic blessings: Is. xl. 9; lii. 7; lx. 6; lxi. 1, ete.; in the N. T. used esp. of the glad tidings of the coming kingdom of God, and of the salvation to be obtained in it through Christ, and of what relates to this salvation. L Inthe Active (rarein Grk. auth. also, in fact found…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

εὐαγγελίζω. For the rare use of the active of this verb, as in Rev τοῦ, 148, we can now appeal not only to Dion Cass, Ixi. 13. 4 where the reading is doubtful, but to P Giss I. 275 (end of Trajan’s reign or beginning of Hadrian’s) (= Chrest. I. 17) where reference is made to the arrival from Memphis of a slave of the strategus Apollonius, announcing a victory he had gained—é]pxopévw εὐαγγελίζοντι τὰ τῆς velkns αὐτοῦ καὶ προκοπῆς. See also the Christian hymn of iv/a.p. P Amh I. 215 παισὶν δ᾽ [ε]ὐηγγέλιζε λέγων, IItwxol βασιλείαν. .. The literary and Biblical usage of the mid. is fully illustrated by Milligan Z%ess. p. 141 ff.: add for the former Menandrea p. 1068 εὐϊαγγελίσασθαι πρ[ὸς] σὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἐβουλόμην, and Longus Daphnis and Chloe iii. 33 τὸν γάμον εὐηγγελίζετο, ‘full of joy brings her the annunciation of the marriage”’…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

εὐαγγελίζομαι (euangelizomai) — to speak good news.

εὐαγγελ-ίζομαι,

imperfect, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: future participle -ιούμενος [Refs 1st c.AD+]: aorist (see. below):—active, only in later Gr., [LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+]pluperfect εὐηγγελίκειν uncertain in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: (εὐάγγελος):— bring good news, announce them, λόγους ἀγαθοὺς φέρων εὐαγγελίσασθαί τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐ. ὅτι.. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τινι ὅτι.. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: with accusative et infinitive, [Refs 1st c.AD+] —active, εὐ. τὰ τῆς νίκης “PGiss.” [same place]; τισιν ὡς.. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, receive good tidings, ἐν ᾗ -ίσθη ἡ πόλις ἡμέρᾳ [Refs 1st c.BC+]

II. preach or proclaim as glad tidings, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ [NT]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

εὐαγγελίζω

euaggelizo

from 2095 and 32; to announce good news ("evangelize") especially the

gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach

(the gospel).

see GREEK for 2095

see GREEK for 32

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

εὐαγγελίζω

v.

I bring good news, preach good tidings

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

εὐαγγελίζω euangelizō 54x

to address with good tidings, Rev. 10:7; 14:6; but elsewhere to proclaim as good tidings, to announce good tidings of, Lk. 1:19; to address with good tidings, Acts 13:32; 14:15; to address with the Gospel teaching, evangelize, Acts 16:10; Gal. 1:9; absol. to announce the good tidings of the Gospel, Lk. 4:18; 9:6; pass. to be announced as good tidings, Lk. 16:16; to be addressed with good tidings, Mt. 11:5; Read the full entry →

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-AMN — Verb · aorist · middle · infinitive
aorist middle infinitive — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AMN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Middle Mood: iNfinitive TVM equivalent: G5670

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
29%evangelising
evangelising29% · 16×evangelise18% · 10×evangelised9% · 5×i evangelised7% · 4×he was evangelising5% · 3×having evangelised5% · 3×having been evangelised5% · 3×he evangelised4% · 2×other renderings16% · 9×

55 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 16 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb98%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 54 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
σύδιδάσκωI teachκηρύσσωI proclaim, hera
Article the
πούςthe footεὐαγγέλιονthe good news, tδιά
σύ
ἐγώὑπερέκειναbeyondτὶς
πτωχόςpoor, destitute
καίand, even, also,ἐγείρωI wake, arouse,
γάρfor
ὁράωI see, look uponἐάνCond
εὐαγγελίζωto evangelise54×
what comes after →
σύ
οὗτοςχαράjoy, gladnessἀπό
Article the
λαόςa people, the crβασιλείαkingship, sovereΧριστόςanointed, the Me
οὐNeg
ἐνὅπουwhere, whitherεἰμίI am, exist
αὐτός
Article theἐν
ἐγώ
δεῖit is necessary,Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceεὐαγγελίζω · 54× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Galatians 1 Corinthians 1 Peter Romans 2 Corinthians Ephesians Hebrews Revelation 1 Thessalonians Matthew
Across the New Testament12 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 8 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 115c. AD 40

ἡνίκα δ’ ἂν μέλλωσιν ἐπιτέλλειν, ἄμητον εὐαγγελίζονται, καὶ ἐπιτείλασαι χαίροντας γεωπόνους πρὸς συγκομιδὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐγείρουσιν·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 5.24c. AD 75–95

καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἡμέρας ἓξ ποιησάντων τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τὸ ὁπλιτικὸν Ἰησοῦς συναγαγὼν καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἅπαντα τὴν ἅλωσιν αὐτοῖς τῆς πόλεως εὐηγγελίζετο, ὡς κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ταύτην παρέξοντος αὐτομάτως καὶ δίχα τοῦ πόνου τοῦ σφετέρου τῶν…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD
O.Claud. 4 852Mons ClaudianusAD 138–AD 161

ἐπάρχῳ παρὰ τῶν σκληρουργῶν καὶ ἐργοδοτῶν ἐργαζομένων ἐν μετάλλῳ Κλαυδιανοῦ· εὐαγγελιζόμεθα ὅτι Σαράπιδος θελέσαντος

O.Claud. 4 853Mons ClaudianusAD 186–AD 187

Καίσαρος παρὰ σκληρουργῶν καὶ ἐργοδοτῶν καὶ χαλκέων ἐργαζομένων ἐν μετάλλῳ Κλαυδιανοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ χαίρειν· εὐαγγελιζόμεθά σοι, κύριε, ἱλαρὰν φάσιν τοῦ Σεράπιδος θέλοντος καὶ τῆς Τύχης τοῦ Κλαυδιανοῦ καὶ τῆς

O.Claud. 4 860Mons ClaudianusAD 186–AD 187

Πρόβῳ … ἐπιτρόπῳ τοῦ κυρίου Καίσαρος παρὰ … ας ἐργοδοτῶν Κλαυδιανοῦ, τῷ κυρίῳ χα εὐαγγελιζόμεθά σοι, κύριε, τὴν ἱλαρὰν φάσιν ὅτι … εἴκοσι … προτέρου … τιοις κυρ

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
πτωχοῖς,ptōchos to [the] poor, G4434 Adjective · dative · plural · masculine
34× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A poor person is someone who crouches and cowers, like a beggar, as seen in Luke 14:13 and 21. This term can also mean someone who is poor in a broader sense, not just financially, as in Matthew 11:5 and 19:21.
Amplified meaning
those who are humble or in need
Tyndale gloss
poor
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word πτωχός (ptochos) is derived from πτώσσω, meaning to crouch or cower. It primarily refers to a beggar or someone who is poor, often in a destitute sense, and is used in both literal and metaphorical contexts. The New Testament uses it to describe physical poverty (e.g., Luke 14:13) and spiritual lowliness (e.g., Matthew 5:3).

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

πτωχός, -ή, -όν

(< πτώσσω, to crouch, cower),

[in LXX for עָנִי, דַּל, רָשׁ, etc.;]

of one who crouches and cowers, hence,

as subst., a beggar: Lk 14:13, 21 16:20, 22.

As adj.,

prop., beggarly: metaph., στοιχεῖα, Ga 4:9 (v. Lft., in l.);

in broader sense (opp. to πλούσιος), poor: Mt 11:5 19:21 26:9, 11, Mk 10:21 12:42, 43 14:5, 7, Lk 4:18 7:22 18:22 19:8 21:3, Jo 12:5, 6, 8 13:29, Ro 15:26, II Co 6:10, Ga 2:10, Ja 2:2, 3, 6,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

πτωχός, -ή, -ov, (πτώσσω, to be thoroughly frizhtened, to cower down or hide one’s self for fear; hence πτωχός prop. one who slinks and crouches), often involving the idea of roving about in wretchedness [see πένης, fin.; “but it always had a bad sense till it was ennobled in the Gospels; see Mt. v. 3; Lk. vi. 20, ef. 2 Co. viii. 9” (L. and 5. 5. v. I.)]; hence 1. in class. Grk. from Hom. down, reduced to beggary, begging, mendicant, asking alms: Lk. xiv. 13, 21; xvi. 20, 22. me poor, needy, (opp. to πλούσιος) : Mt. xix. 21; xxvi. 9,11; Mk. x. 21; xii. 42, 43; xiv. 5,7; Lk. xviii. 22; xix. 8; xxi. 3; Jn. xii. 5, 6,8; xiii. 29; Ro. xv. 26; 2 Co. vi. 10; Gal. ii. 10; Jas. ii. 2, 3,6; Rev. xiti.16; in a broader sense, destitute of wealth, influence, position, honors; lowly, afflicted: Mt. xi. 5; Lk. iv. 18, (fr. Is. xi. 1); vi. 205 vii. 223 οἱ πτωχοὶ τοῦ κόσμου (partit. gen.), the poor of…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

πτωχός, “crouching, ” 4 “ cringing,” hence ‘‘a beggar,’’ was always used in a bad sense until it was ennobled by the Gospels. It occurs in P Petr III. 36 (a) vecfo!™ 18 (Ptol.) along with its comparative, but unfortunately in a very broken context : see also 76. 1401 (private accounts) πτώχωι v, γνάφει δ. In Gal 49 the translation ‘‘ teggarly”” is not very happy ; the πτωχὰ στοιχεῖα are such that there is “‘ nothing in them ”— no one is the better for them: see Westcott S¢. Paz and Fustification, p. 81. MGr φτωχός, ‘ poor.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

πτωχός (ptōchos) — poor.

πτωχός, ή, όν,

also ός, όν [Refs 5th c.BC+]:— beggar, [Refs 8th c.BC+] beggar-woman, [NT+5th c.BC+]

2. metaphorically, οἱ π. τῷ πνεύματι [NT]

II. as adjective, beggarly, πτωχῷ διαίτῃ [NT+5th c.BC+]: with genitive, beggared of, poor in, [πηγὴ] π. νυμφῶν [Refs 1st c.AD+]

II.2. comparative πτωχότερος [Refs 4th c.BC+]; proverbial, π. κίγκλου 'as poor as a church mouse', [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative πτωχότατος [Refs 6th c.AD+]

II.3. adverb -χῶς poorly, scantily, ἠροτρία π. μέν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀναγκαίως [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

πτωχός

ptochos

from ptosso (to crouch); akin to 4422 and the alternate of 4098); a

beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or

public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative

sense; whereas 3993 properly means only straitened circumstances in

private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively

(distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.

see GREEK for 4422

see GREEK for 4098

see GREEK for 3993

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

πτωχός, ή, όν

Adj

poor, destitute

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

πτωχός ptōchos 34x

reduced to beggary, mendicant; poor, indigent, Mt. 19:21; 26:9, 11; met. spiritually poor, Rev. 3:17; by impl. a person of low condition, Mt. 11:4; Lk. 4:18; 7:22; met. beggarly, sorry, Gal. 4:9; met. lowly, Mt. 5:3; Lk. 6:20

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

πτωχός πτωχός, ή, όν πτώσσω one who crouches or cringes, a beggar (v. πτώσσω 1. 2), Od., Hes., etc.; πτωχὸς ἀνήρ a beggar-man, Od., etc.; πτωχή a beggar-woman, Soph., NTest.

as adj. beggarly, like πτωχικός, Soph., NTest.: c. gen., poor in a thing, Anth.

comp. πτωχότερος, irreg. πτωχίστερος, Ar.: Sup. πτωχότατος, Anth.

adv. -χῶς, poorly, scantily, Babr.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-DPM — Adjective · dative · plural · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-DPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

poor ('ebhyon, dal, `ani, rush; ptochos):

I. In the Old Testament.

The poor have great prominence in the Bible; it is said, indeed, that there should be no poor among the Hebrews because Yahweh should so greatly bless them (De 15:4 the Revised Version (British and American) and the King James Version margin); but this was only to be realized on certain conditions of obedience (De 15:5), and in De 15:11 it is said,"The poor will never cease out of the land"; but they were to see to it that none was left in destitution. The very foundation of the Hebrew religion was God's pity on a poor and oppressed people.

1. The Terms Employed:

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Poor

The Mosaic legislation regarding the poor is specially important. (1.) They had the right of gleaning the fields (Lev. 19:9, 10; Deut. 24:19,21).

(2.) In the sabbatical year they were to have their share of the produce of the fields and the vineyards (Ex. 23:11; Lev. 25:6).

(3.) In the year of jubilee they recovered their property (Lev. 25:25-30).

(4.) Usury was forbidden, and the pledged raiment was to be returned before the sun went down (Ex. 22:25-27; Deut. 24:10-13). The rich were to be generous to the…

Smith's Bible Dictionary

The general kindly spirit of the law toward the poor is sufficiently shown by such passages as (15:7) for the reason that (ver. 11) "the poor shall never cease out of the land." Among the special enactments in their favor the following must be mentioned: The right of gleaning. (Leviticus 19:9,10; 24:19,21) From the produce of the land in sabbatical years the poor and the stranger were to have their portion. (Exodus 23:11; Leviticus 25:6) Re-entry upon land in the jubilee year, with the limitation as to town homes. (Leviticus 25:25-30) Prohibition of usury and of retention of pledges. (Exodus 22:25-27;

Ps 12:5 41:1-3, especially cared for in the Jewish dispensation, Ex 23:6 Pr 14:31, and even more so under the gospel, Mt 25:42-45 Jas 2:5. The slight offerings required of them by the law were as acceptable as the hecatombs of the rich, Le 5:7-13 Mr 12:41-44. The gleanings of the fields, the olive trees, and the vines, were to be left for them, Le 19:9 De 24:19

Across the New Testament9 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 57 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Clement of Rome The Didache Josephus Polycarp The Epistle of Barnabas
JosephusThe Jewish War 5.570c. AD 75–95

μηκέτι δʼ εὐτονούντων τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἐκφέρειν [ἔλεγον] συσσωρεύοντας εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους οἴκους τὰ πτώματα ἀποκλείειν.

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 15.6c. AD 96

ἀπὸ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας τῶν πτωχῶν καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ τῶν πενήτων νῦν ἀναστήσομαι, λέγει κύριος: θήσομαι ἐν σωτηρίῳ,

The DidacheThe Didache 13.4c. AD 100

ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἔχητε προφήτην, δότε τοῖς πτωχοῖς.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
6th c. AD 1st c. AD 2nd c. AD 2nd c. BC 4th c. AD
O.Berenike 3 459BerenikeAD 51–AD 100

περιλύσῃς Ψενοσῖριν … δ vestiges vestiges vestiges … πορευομ … .7ος φοβεῖται … πος πτωχοὶ … ρωτι … ωσου vestiges ἔρρωσο

ZPE 61 (1985), p. 107LatopolisAD 1–AD 200

Λογγίνου, οὗ καὶ πολλά σοι κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἐντυγχάνομεν, ἐπελθόντος ἡμῖν τῶι ζῆν μηδὲν ἀδικήσασι πτωχοῖς οὖσι, μηδὲν γὰρ ἔχων κέρδος πρὸς τὸ πρᾶγμα πονηρῶς προσέρχεται, παρακαλοῦμεν ἐκδικῆσαι, καὶ γὰρ

O.Narm. 1 6Narmuthis (Arsinoites)AD 101–AD 300

πρὸς πᾶσαν κώμην καὶ ἀρχόντας ἐξουσιῶν καὶ πτωχοὺς. τὸ ιθ. μετὰ κολακείας καὶ ἀστρολόγους λ καὶ κανόνα καὶ τὰ καθήκοντα τῆς ἀστρολογικῆς.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἀπέσταλκένapostellō He has sent G649 Verb · perfect · active · indicative · third person · singular
131× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To send means to set apart or dispatch someone or something on a mission, as seen in Matthew 10:40 and Mark 12:2. This term is used to describe the act of giving someone a task or commission to fulfill.
Amplified meaning
dispatched
Tyndale gloss
to send
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀποστέλλω (i.e., *apostellō*) means to send away or dispatch, often with a specific mission or commission. It is used in various contexts, including sending persons like Christ and the apostles, as well as things like messages or commands. The New Testament frequently employs this term, notably in Matthew 10:40 and Luke 4:18. Different lexicons highlight its official or authoritative connotation compared to the more general term for sending.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀπο-στέλλω,

[in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח;]

prop., to send away, to dispatch on service;

to send with a commission, or on service;

of persons: Christ, Mt 10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mk 12:2; angels, 13:27;

of things: ὄνος, Mt 21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mk 4:29; τ. λόγον, Ac 10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24:49, Rec.; seq. εἰς, Mt 20:2, Lk 11:49, Jo 3:17; ὀπίσω,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀπο-στέλλω; fut. ἀποστελῶ ; 1 aor. ἀπέστειλα; pf. ἀπέσταλκα, [3 pers. plur. ἀπέσταλκαν Acts xvi. 36 LT Tr WH (see γίνομαι init.) ; Pass., pres. drooreAAopat |; pf. ἀπέσταλpat; 2 aor. ἀπεστάλην ; [fr. Soph. down]; prop. to send off; sena away ; 1. to order (one) to go to a place ap6/ 5 τς ἀποστέλλω pointed; a. either persons sent with commissions, or things intended for some one. So, very frequently, Jesus teaches that God sent him, as Mt. x. 40; Mk. ix. 37; Lk. x.16; Jn. v. 36, ete. he, too, is said to have sent his apostles, i. 6. to have appointed them: Mk. vi. 7; Mt. x.16; Lk. xxii. 35; Jn. xx. 21, etc. messengers are sent: LK. vii. 3 ; ix. 52; x. 1; servants, Mk. vi. 27; xii. 2; Mt. xxi. 36; xxii. 3; an embassy, Lk. xiv. 32; xix. 14; angels, Mk. xiii. 27; Mt. xxiv. 31, ete. Things are said to be sent, which are ordered to be led away or conveyed to any one, as Mt. xxi. 3; Mk. xi. 3…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀποστέλλω. The verb is common in the sense of mz¢¢o. Thus P Par 32°° (B.c. 152) (= Witkowski?, p. 68) Καβάτοκον δ᾽ ἐπιτηρῶ, ἂν κατα[π]λῇ, ἀποστεῖλαί σοι, P Oxy IV. 744° (B.C. 1) (= Selections, p. 33) ἐὰν εὐθὺς ὀψώνιον λάβωμεν ἀποστελῶ

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀποστέλλω (apostellō) — to send.

ἀποστέλλω,

future -στελῶ: aorist ἀπέστειλα (see. below):— send off or away from, μή μ᾽.. τῆσδ᾽ ἀποστείλητε γῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; send away, banish, τὰ δίκαια[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, go away, depart, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. dispatch, on some mission or service, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of messengers or forces, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἰκιστάς (as a form of banishment), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, with infinitive, οἱ ἀποσταλέντες στρατεύεσθαι[Refs]

III. put off, doff, θαἰμάτια[Refs 5th c.BC+]

IV. intransitive, retire, withdraw, of the sea, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, οἴκαδε[Refs 4th c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀποστέλλω

apostello

from 575 and 4724; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out

(properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send

(away, forth, out), set (at liberty).

see GREEK for 575

see GREEK for 4724

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀποστέλλω

v.

I send forth, send, send away, dismiss

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀποστέλλω apostellō 132x

to send forth a messenger, agent, message, or command, Mt. 2:16; 10:5; to put forth into action, Mk. 4:29; to liberate, rid, Lk. 4:19; to dismiss, send away, Mk. 12:3

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀποστέλλω to send off or away from, γῆς, χθονός Soph., Eur.; ἔξω χθονός Eur.; ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Plat.: absol. to send away, banish, Soph., Eur.:—Pass. to go away, depart, set out, Soph., Eur.

to send off, despatch, on some service, Soph.; of troops and ships, Hdt., Thuc.

intr. to go back, retire, of the sea, Thuc.; of seamen, Dem.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-RAI-3S — Verb · perfect · active · indicative · third person · singular
perfect active indicative — a past action whose result still stands.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-RAI-3S Part of Speech: Verb Tense: peRfect Voice: Active Mood: Indicative Person: third Number: Singular

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

(shalach; apostello): "Sent" in the Old Testament is the translation of shalach, "to send" (of presents, messengers, etc., Ge 32:18; 44:3; Jud 6:14; 1Ki 14:6; Es 3:13; Pr 17:11; Jer 49:14; Eze 3:5; 23:40; Da 10:11; Ob 1:1); of shelach, Aramaic (Ezr 7:14; Da 5:24); of shilluchim, "sending" (

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
31%sent
sent31% · 42×he sent16% · 22×having sent9% · 12×has sent5% · 7×he may send2% · 3×have sent2% · 3×send forth2% · 3×send2% · 3×other renderings29% · 39×

134 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 38 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb96%adverbial2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 131 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
λίανvery, very much,δέρωI flay, flog, scθεόςGod, a god
ἐγώ
σύὁράωI see, look uponἐκβάλλωI throw, cast, p
Article the
δέχομαιI take, receive,λιθοβολέωI stone, cast stἀλλάbut, except
αὐτός
μήNegἄρχωI beginεὐθέωςimmediately, soo
ὅς
ὅτιthat, since, becεἰςκαίand, even, also,
ἀποστέλλωHe has sent131×
what comes after →
Article the
ἄγγελοςan angel, messenυἱόςa son, descendenδοῦλος (II)
πρός
αὐτόςArticle theσύ
αὐτός
εἰςκηρύσσωI proclaim, heraArticle the
ἐγώ
Article theεἰςκηρύσσωI proclaim, hera
εἰς
Article theὅλοςall, the whole, αὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀποστέλλω · 131× in the New Testament
John Luke Acts Matthew Mark 1 John Revelation 1 Corinthians 1 Peter 2 Corinthians 2 Timothy Hebrews

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament13 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 236 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaThat the Worse Attacks the Better 5c. AD 40

καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς κοιλάδος τῆς Χεβρών, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Συχέμ.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 6.167c. AD 75–95

φήσαντος δέ τινος αὐτῷ τῶν παρόντων ἐν Βηθλεέμῃ πόλει τεθεᾶσθαι Ἰεσσαίου μὲν υἱὸν, ἔτι δὲ παῖδα τὴν ἡλικίαν, εὐπρεπῆ δὲ καὶ καλὸν τά τε ἄλλα σπουδῆς ἄξιον καὶ δὴ καὶ ψάλλειν εἰδότα καὶ ᾄδειν ὕμνους καὶ πολεμιστὴν ἄκρον, πέμψας πρὸς τὸν Ἰεσσαῖον…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. BC 4th c. AD 3rd c. AD 5th c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 1 59047Alexandria258 BC

r Ἀμύντας Ζήνωνι χαίρειν. ἀπεστάλκαμεν Δεξίλαον πρὸς Ἀπολλώνιον κομίζοντα ἐπιστολὴν περὶ ἀνηλωμάτων. καλῶς ἂν οὖν ποιήσαις … τήν τε

P.Cair. Zen. 1 59049Memphites (?)258 BC

r Νίκων Ζήνωνι χαίρειν. ἀπόστειλόν τινα ὃς παραλήψεται τὸν χόρτον τὸν γινόμενον ἡμῖν παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν καὶ Ἀπολλώνιον ὑπόμνησον

P.Edg. $1Alexandria258 BC

πόλει κομιῆι· καὶ τὴν ταχίστην, ἵνα γενόμενα ὡς ἂν παραγένηι εἰς πόλιν καταγάγηις ἡμῖν. ἀπεστάλκαμεν δέ σοι τὴν γραφὴν πάντων Ἕρμωνα κομίζοντα καὶ ἅμα ἵνα γένηται πρὸς τούτοις. ἔρρωσο.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
μεegō Me G3165 Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
1,872× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
In plain English
Tyndale gloss
I/we
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐγώ, gen, etc., ἐμοῦ, ἐμοί, ἐμέ (enclitic μου, μοι, με), pl. ἡμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς,

pers. pron.

I.

The nom. is usually emphatic, when expressed as subjc, as in Mt 3:11, Mk 1:8, Lk 3:16, al. But often there is no apparent emphasis, as Mt 10:16, Jo 10:17; ἰδοὺ ἐ. (= Heb. הִנֵּנִי, cf. I Ki 3:8), Ac 9:10; ἐ. (like Heb. אֲנִי), I am, Jo 1:23 (LXX), Ac 7:32 (LXX).

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐγώ, gen. ἐμοῦ, enclitic pod; dat. ἐμοί, enclitic μοί; acc. ἐμέ, enclitic μέ; plur. ἡμεῖς, ete.; personal pronoun, J. 1. The nominatives ἐγώ and ἡμεῖς, when joined to a verb, generally have force and emphasis, or indicate antithesis, as Mt. iii. 11; Mk.i. 8; Lk. iii. 16 (ἐγὼ pev... ὁ δέ); Mt. iii. 14 (ἐγὼ... ἔχω, καὶ σύν ; V. 22, 28, 39, and often; ἡμεῖς, contrasted with God, Mt. vi. 12; ἡμεῖς x. of Φαρισαῖοι, Mt. ix. 14; cf. W. § 22,6. But sometimes they are used where there is no emphasis or antithesis in them, as Mt. x. 16; Jn. x. 17; and in many edd. in Mk. i. 2; Lk. vii. 27; οἵ. B. §129, 12. ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, 1397, behold me, hereamT: Acts ix.10 (1S. iii. 8). ἐγώ, like 38, Jam: Jn. i. 23; Acts vii. 32, [ef. W.585 (544); B. 125 (109)]. 2. The enclitic (and monosyllabic) gen., dat., and ace. are connected with nouns, verbs, adverbs, but not with prepositions: ἔμπροσθέν pov, Jn. i. 15; ὀπίσω…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐγώ. Deissmann (ZAZ p. 134 ff.) has drawn attention to the parallels to the solemn use of the first personal pronoun in the Fourth Gospel that may be adduced from inscriptions and magical texts. Thus in an inscr. in honour of Isis from Ios, written in ii/iii A.p., the contents of which are preChristian, we find —Elows ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ τ[ύρανν]ος πάσης χόρας.. ἐγὼ νόμους ἀνθρώποις ἐθέμην . . ἐγώ εἰμι Kpdvov θυγάτηρ πρεσβυτάτη α΄. And similarly in the magical papyrus P Lond 4645 (iv/a.p.) (=I. p. 69) ἐγώ εἰμι ὃ ἀκέφαλος δαίμων . . ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια ὁ μεισῶν ἀδικήματα γείνεσθαι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ α΄. With the construction of the phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ; in Jn 24 we may compare BGU IV. 1141°8 (n.c. 14) ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ διαστολὰς μηδὲν αὐτῶι καὶ ἐκείνωι εἶναι : for its meaning see Ε΄. C. Burkitt in 77:5 xiii. p- 594f., where it is rendered, ‘‘ What have I and thou to do with that ?” On the difficult…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

μέ (me) — me.

ἐγώ,

I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]

II. oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐγώ

me

a shorter (and probably originally) from of 1691; me:--I, me, my.

see GREEK for 1691

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐγώ egō 2x

I, gen., ἐμοῦ [μου], dat., ἐμοί [μοι], acc., ἐμέ [με]

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Pron-1AS — Personal pronoun · first person · accusative · singular
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

P-1AS Part of Speech: Personal pronoun Person: first Case: Accusative Number: Singular

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
35%us
us35% · 717×me32% · 644×mine20% · 402×we ourselves6% · 124×my2% · 45×other renderings5% · 97×

2,029 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 27 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἰὰσασθαιiaomai to heal G2390 Verb · aorist · middle deponent · infinitive
26× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To heal means to cure someone, either physically or spiritually, as seen in Luke 5:17 and Matthew 13:15. Jesus healed many people, including the blind and lame.
Tyndale gloss
to heal
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

ἰάομαι is a Greek verb meaning 'to heal' or 'to cure,' used both literally and figuratively. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, including physical healing and spiritual restoration. The word is related to the Hebrew term for healing found in the Septuagint. There is a distinction noted between ἰάομαι and θεραπεύω, with the former focusing more on healing rather than medical treatment.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἰάομαι, -ῶμαι,

[in LXX for רפא (Ge 20:17, al.), exc. Is 30:26 61:1 (חבשׁ);]

to heal: c. acc. pers., Lk 5:17 6:19 9:2, 11, 42 14:4 22:51, Jo 4:47, Ac 9:34 10:38 28:8; pass., Mt 8:8, 13 15:28, Lk 7:7 8:47 17:15, Jo 5:13; id. seq. ἀπό, Mk 5:29, Lk 6:17; fig., of spiritual healing, Mt 13:15, Jo 12:40, Ac 28:27(LXX); pass., Read the full entry →

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἰάομαι. As distinguished from θεραπεύω ““ treat medically’ (see s.v. and cf. Ac 2885) ἰάομαι denotes ‘‘heal,” as in Sy// 802" (referred to s.v. ἴαμα) ἀνὴρ δάκτυλον ἰάθη ὑπὸ ὄφιος, and the similar 8037 τοῦτο]ν τυφλὸν ἐόντα ἰάσατο : cf. also the magic text BGU IV. 1026**4- 16 αἱμάροϊαν ἰᾶται. On the Lukan usage of the verb see Hobart, p. 8ff., and on the ‘‘aoristic present” in Ac 9533 see Proleg. p. 119. Thayer's hint of a connexion with ἰός is not supported by modern philologists, see Boisacq, p. 362. Part IV. 2 a

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἰάομαι (iaomai) — to heal.

ἰάομαι,

imperative ἰῶ (see. below), Ionic dialect infinitive ἰᾶσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]jᾶσθαι [Refs].: future ἰάσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἰήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἰασάμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἰησάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive (see. below). [ῑ- in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ῐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—heal, cure, in present and imperfect, attempt to cure, treat, of persons or bodies, etc., τινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]

2. cure. treat, of diseases, νόσους [Refs 5th c.BC+]: metaphorically, remedy, δύσγνοιαν, ἀδικίαν ἰᾶσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+], i.e. do not make bad worse, [Refs 7th c.BC+]

3. cure the effects of, counteract, ἄκρατος ἰ. τὸ κώνειον [Refs 1st c.AD+]

4. repair, τὸ βλαβέν [LXX+5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἰάομαι

iaomai

middle voice of apparently a primary verb; to cure (literally or

figuratively):--heal, make whole.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἰάομαι

v.

I heal

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἰάομαι iaomai 26x

to heal, cure, Mt. 8:8; Lk. 9:2; met. to heal, spiritually, restore from a state of sin and condemnation, Mt. 13:15; Heb. 12:13

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἰάομαι Pass., v. infr. [ι_α_ Hom., etc.,; later also ι] to heal, cure, Hom., etc.:— metaph., ἀδικίαν ἰᾶσθαι Eur.: proverb., μὴ τῶι κακῶι τὸ κακὸν ἰῶ, i. e. do not make bad worse, Hdt.

the aor1 ἰάθην [α_] is always pass., to be healed, to recover, Andoc., NTest.; so perf. ἴα_μαι NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-ADN — Verb · aorist · middle deponent · infinitive
aorist middle deponent infinitive — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-ADN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: middle Deponent Mood: iNfinitive TVM equivalent: G5664

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

hel (rapha'; therapeuo, iaomai, diasozo): The English word is connected with the Anglo-Saxon hoelan, and is used in several senses:

(1) Lit., in its meaning of making whole or well, as in Ec 3:3. In this way it occurs in prayers for restoration to health (Nu 12:13; Ps 6:2; Jer 17:14); and also in declarations as to God's power to restore to health (De 32:39; 2Ki 20:5-8).

(2) Metaphorically it is applied to the restoration of the soul to spiritual health and to the repair of the injuries caused by sin (Ps 41:4;

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
15%healed
healed15% · 4×i will heal11% · 3×heal11% · 3×having been healed7% · 2×healing7% · 2×he healed7% · 2×heals4% · 1×may be healed4% · 1×other renderings33% · 9×

27 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 17 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb100%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 26 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
λόγοςa word, speech, ἐπιστρέφωI turn back toσύ
ὅτιthat, since, because
σῶμαbody, fleshὁράωI see, look upon
Article the
εἰς
ὡςas, like as, how, wh
καίand, even, also,
θεραπείαcare, attention, hea
ἔχωI have, hold, po
ἰάομαιto heal26×
what comes after →
αὐτός
καίand, even, also,Article the
Article the
παῖςa boy or girl chθυγάτηρa daughter
ἀπό
Article the
πᾶςall, the whole, ever
Article the
παραχρῆμαinstantly, immediate

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἰάομαι · 26× in the New Testament
Luke Acts Matthew John 1 Peter Hebrews James Mark
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 40 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.118c. AD 40

καὶ πρότερον περὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ, θεραπεύων αὐτὸν καὶ ἰώμενος, διαλέγεται οὕτως·

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 8.6c. AD 100

ὅτι ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἡμέραι ἔσονται πονηραὶ καὶ ῥυπαραί, ἐν αἷς ἡμεῖς σωθησόμεθα: ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἀλγῶν σάρκα διὰ τοῦ ῥύπου τοῦ ὑσσύπου ἰᾶται.

Clement of RomeSecond Clement 9.7c. AD 96

ὡς ἔχομεν καιρὸν τοῦ ἰαθῆναι, ἐπιδῶμεν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ θεραπεύοντι θεῷ, ἀντιμισθίαν αὐτῷ διδόντες.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
1st c. BC
P.Wash.Univ. 2 106Oxyrhynchos19 BC

χαίρειν καὶ διὰ παντὸς ὑγιαίνειν. εὐχαριστῶ σοι λίαν ὅτι ἤκουσας τὴν οἰκίαν μου οἰκοδόμους ἰαθῆναι. οὐκ ἀπέστειλές μοι φάσιν ἢ μναιαῖον ἢ κόλλημα ἀγράφου. ἵνα μοι γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ἀποστείλῃς.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
τοὺςho the G3588 Article · accusative · plural · masculine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-APM — Article · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-APM Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
the19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
συντετριμμένουςsuntribō bruised G4937 Verb · perfect · passive · participle · accusative · plural · masculine
7× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To break means to shatter or crush something completely, like breaking a vessel or a person's spirit, as seen in Matthew 12:20 and Revelation 2:27.
Tyndale gloss
to break
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word συντρίβω (*suntribō*) means to crush or break into pieces, both literally and figuratively. It is formed from the prefix συν (together) and a root meaning to rub or grind. The New Testament uses it in contexts such as breaking a reed (Mt 12:20) and crushing strength (Lk 9:39). There is some variation in how lexicons describe its nuances, especially regarding its metaphorical uses.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

συν-τρίβω

[in LXX chiefly for שׁבר ;]

to shatter, break in pieces: Mt 12:20 (LXX), Mk 5:4 14:3, Jo 19:36 (LXX), Re 2:27; of persons and parts of the body, to break, crush, bruise: Lk 9:39; fig., Ro 16:20.†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

συν-τρίβω, ptep. neut. -rpiBov Lk. ix. 39 RG Tr, -rpiBov |, T WH (cf. Veitch 8. v. τρίβω, fin.) ; fut. συντρίψω; 1 aor. συνέτριψα ; Pass., pres. συντρίβομαι ; pf. inf. σὺυντετρίφθαι [RG Tr WH; but -τρῖφθαι LT (cf. Veitch τι. s.)], ptep. συντετριμμένος ; 2 fut. συντριβήσομαι; fr. Hat. [(?), Eurip.] down; Sept. very often for 12t; to break, to break in meces, shiver, [ef. σύν, 11. 3]: κάλαμον, Mt. xii. 20; ras πέδας, pass. Mk. v. 4; τὸ ἀλάβαστρον (the sealed orifice of the vase [cf. BB. DD. s. v. Alabaster]), Mk. xiv. 3; ὀστοῦν, pass. Jn. xix 86 (Ex. xii. 46; Ps. XXXxiii. (kxxiv.) 21); τὰ σκεύη, Rev. ii. 27; to tread down: tov Σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας (by a pregn. constr. [W. § 66, 2 d.]), to put Satan under foot and (as a conqueror) trample on him, Ro. xvi. 20; to break down, crush : τινά, to tear one’s body and shatter one’s strength, Lk. ix. 39. Pass. to suffer extreme sorrow and be, as…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

συντρίβω is used figuratively ‘‘ bruise,” ‘‘crush,” as in Rom τό, in P Petr II. 4(3)° (B.c. 255-4), where certain workmen complain, ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα συνετριβόμεθα. For the meaning ‘‘break down,” ‘‘shatter,’”’ as in Mk 58, cf. P Par 3558 (B.c. 163) (= UPZ i. p. 30) ἐσκύλησεν τὸν ναὸν ὥστε κινδυνεῦσαι kal συντρῖψαι αὐτόν, and P Tebt I. “5 (B.C. 113) οὐδενὶ κόσμωι χρησάμενοι συντρίψαντες τὴν παρόδιον θύραν, ““ throwing off all restraint knocked down the street door” (Edd.), and so 471% 18, We may add from the inscrr. Sy// 807 (=*1173)!® (after A.D. 138) where a blind soldier is enjoined to take blood of a white cock, together with honey, and συντρῖψαι καὶ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐπιχρεῖσαι ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, ‘rub them into an eye-salve and anoint his eyes three days”’ (see Deissmann ZA£Z?*, p. 135), and 26. 802 (= %1168)*® (c. A.D, 320) τὰ συντετριμμένα σ[κε]ύη. See also Menander…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

συντρίβω (suntribō) — to break.

συντρίβω [ῑ]

rub together, σ. τὰ πυρεῖα rub dry sticks together to procure a light, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; grind, φάρμακα (for paints) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; κολλύριον [Refs]

II. shatter, shiver to atoms, τοὺς χόας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. [τὰς ναῦς] stave them in, by running them aground, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ δόρατα, τὴν ἀσπίδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ποτήρια [Refs 4th c.BC+] —passive, συντρῐβέντων τῶν σκευῶν, of a ship, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [νῆες] συντετριμμέναι, opposed to τελέως διεφθαρμέναι, [Refs 1st c.BC+]

II.2. of persons, beat to a jelly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of parts of the body, crush, shiver, λίθῳ σ. τὸ μέτωπον, etc., [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, τὰ.. τοῦ σώματος μέρη συντετρῖφθαι [Refs 5th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

συντρίβω

suntribo

from 4862 and the base of 5147; to crush completely, i.e. to shatter

(literally or figuratively):--break (in pieces), broken to shivers (+

-hearted), bruise.

see GREEK for 4862

see GREEK for 5147

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

συντρίβω

v.

I break by crushing

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

συντρίβω syntribō 7x

to rub together; to shiver, Mk. 14:3; Rev. 2:27; to break, break in pieces, Mk. 5:4; Jn. 19:36; to break down, crush, bruise, Mt. 12:20; met. to break the power of any one, deprive of strength, debilitate, Lk. 9:39; Rom. 16:20*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

συντρίβω fut. ψω Pass., fut. -τρι^βήσομαι aor2 -ετρίβην to rub together, ς. τὰ πυρεῖα to rub dry sticks together to procure a light, Luc.

to shiver to atoms, Ar., etc.; ς. τὰς ναῦς to stave them in, by running them aground, Thuc.

of persons, to beat to a jelly, crush, Lat. contundere, Eur.:—c. gen. partis, συντρίβειν τῆς κεφαλῆς Isocr.; and in Pass., συντριβῆναι τῆς κεφαλῆς to have one's head broken, Ar.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-RPP-APM — Verb · perfect · passive · participle · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-RPP-APM Part of Speech: Verb Tense: peRfect Voice: Passive Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
25%bruised
bruised25% · 2×will crush13% · 1×broken in pieces13% · 1×have been shattered13% · 1×having broken13% · 1×bruising13% · 1×will be broken13% · 1×

8 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 7 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb86%object14%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 7 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
κάλαμοςa reed, reed-pen
πέδηa shackle
Article the
πολυτελήςvery costly, very pr
πιστικόςgenuine, pure
αὐτός
ἀπό
οὐNeg
ὀστέονa bone
συντρίβωbruised
what comes after →
Article the
ἀλάβαστροςan alabaster phiΣατανᾶςan adversary, Sa
αὐτός
οὐNeg
κατάγνυμιI break in piece
καίand, even, also, nam
οὐδείςno one, none, no

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceσυντρίβω · 7× in the New Testament
Mark John Luke Matthew Revelation Romans
Across the New Testament6 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The company it keepswords that stand beside it more often than chance
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 129 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Clement of Rome Philo of Alexandria
Philo of AlexandriaOn Rewards and Punishments 93c. AD 40

ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὖν, φησίν, οὐ διελεύσεται πόλεμος διὰ χώρας εὐσεβῶν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς καταρρυήσεται καὶ συντριβήσεται πρὸς ἑαυτόν, πρὸς οἵους ἔσοιτο ὁ ἀγὼν αἰσθανομένων τῶν ἀντιπάλων, ἅτε χρωμένους ἀνανταγωνίστῳ συμμαχίᾳ τοῦ δικαίου·

Clement of RomeFirst Clement 18.17c. AD 96

θυσία τῷ θεῷ πνεῦμα συντετριμμένον: καρδίαν συντετριμμένην καὶ τεταπεινωμένην ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουθενώσει.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
1st c. AD 3rd c. BC

ν ἔγραφον τὴν ἐπιστολὴν … οτερον ἐνέτυχον … τον παρʼ ἡμῶν Θεόφιλον … ην συντετρίφθαι … η αὐτῶι λόγον εἶναι … τηι ι ἵνα μὴ ἐμοὶ … … ρχιειον

P.Oxy. 50 3555OxyrhynchosAD 1–AD 200

τινος παιδαρίου Πολυδεύκους ἀκολουθοῦντος ὄνῳ καταβεβλῆσθαι ταύτην, ὡς ἐκ τούτου ὅλην αὐτῆς τὴν χεῖρα συντετρῖφθαι καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα μέρη λελωβῆσθαι, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ἀχανῆ εἶναι. καὶ τότε μὴ ἔχουσα

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
τὴνho <the> G3588 Article · accusative · singular · feminine
19,783× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for 'the' or 'this', used to point out a specific person or thing, like in Acts 17:28. It can also mean 'he', 'she', or 'it'.
Tyndale gloss
the/this/who
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The definite article — the commonest word in the Greek New Testament at 19,867 occurrences. Greek uses it more freely than English does and can drop it deliberately, so its presence and its absence both carry weight for a translator; but no single occurrence carries a message of its own. Here it simply gathers “the things” into one definite bundle.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ὁ, ἡ, τό,

the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article.

As demonstr. pron.

As freq. in Hom., absol., he (she, it), his (etc.): Ac 17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus).

Distributive, ὁ μὲν . . . ὁ δέ, the one . . . the other: I Co 7:7, Ga 4:22; pl., Ac 14:4, 17:32, Phl 1:16, al.; οἱ μὲν . . . ἄλλοι δέ, Mt 16:14, Jo 7:12; οἱ μεν̀ . . . ὁ δέ, He 7:21, 23.

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ὁ 435 ὁ tives of quantity, ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς, see each in its own place. d. What has been said concerning adjectives holds true also of all other limitations added to substantives, as ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Ro. ix. 11; ἡ παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, Ro. xi. 27; 6 λόγος 6 τοῦ σταυροῦ, 1 Co. i. 18; ἡ εἰς Χριστὸν πίστις, Col. ii. 5; on the other hand, ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 1 Th. i. 8; τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, 2 Co. viii. 4; see many other exx. of each usage in W. 131 (124) sqq.; [B. 91 (80) sqq.]. e. The noun has the article before it when a demonstrative pronoun (υὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging to it either precedes or follows [W. § 18, 4; B. § 127, 29-31]; as, ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, Jn. ix. 24 [οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρ. 1, Tr mrg. WH); Acts vi. 13; xxii. 26; ὁ λαὸς οὗτος, Mt. xv. 8; 6 vids σου οὗτος, Lk. xv. 30; plur. Lk. xxiv. 17, and numberless other exx.; οὗτος 6 ἄνθρωπος, Lk. xiv. 30; οὗτος ὁ…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ὃ, ἡ τό. (1) Apart from connexion with μέν or δέ (see below) the demonstrative use of the art. in the NT is confined to a poetical quotation Ac 1778, but it is not uncommon in the papyri, e.g. P Par 45® (B.C. 153) (= Witkowski®, p. 85) τὰ (for ἃ) πράσεις (Δ πράσσεις), P Oxy VIII. 1160! (iii/iv A.D.) Ta (for ἃ) σεσύλληχα (for συνείληχα) δὲ κέρμα {ταν τηρῶ αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν δίκην, “1 am keeping for the trial the money that I have collected” (Ed.). For the distributive Opéev.. - 6 8€, as in 1 Cor7’, cf. P Lond 535 (B.c. 161) (=I. p. 19, U.P.Z. i. p. 239) kal τὰ μὲν ἡμῶν ἐληφότων εἰς τὴν γινομένην ἡμῖν συντάξειν, τὰ δ᾽ ἔτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὑποτεταγμένων {(.. ... > παρελκομένων. (2) The use of the art. as a relative, of which there is no trace in the NT, may again be illustrated by the following papyrus citations from ¢c. A.D. 346—P Lond 414® (= II. Ῥ. 292) γεινῴσκιν oe θέλω περὶ τοῦ βρεουίου…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ὁ (ho) — the/this/who.

ὁ,

ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

__A demonstrative Pronoun.

__B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article.

__C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ὁ ἡ τό

ho

he hay, and the neuter

to to

in all their inflections; the definite article; the (sometimes to be

supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one,

he, she, it, etc.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ὁ, ἡ, τό

Article

the

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ὁ ho 19x

the prepositive article, answering, to a considerable extent, to the English definite article; but, for the principle and facts of its usage, consult a grammar; ὁ μὲν ... ὁ δέ, the one ... the other, Phil. 1:16, 17; Heb. 7:5, 6, 20, 21, 23, 24; pl. some ... others, Mt. 13:23; 22:5, 6; ὁ δέ, but he, Mt. 4:4; 12:48; οἱ δέ, but others, Mt. 28:17; used, in a poetic quotation, for a personal pronoun, Acts 17:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ὁ the, that

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is

demonstr. Pronoun.

the definite Article.

in epic, the relative Pronoun, when it is written with the accent ὅ, ἥ, τό ῀ ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. Besides the common forms, note epic gen. sg. τοῖο for τοῦ; pl. nom. τοί, ταί; gen. fem. τάων [α^], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι; dual gen, and dat. τοῖιν:— in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν . . , τοὶ δέ . . , for οἱ μέν . . , οἱ δέ . . ; dat. pl. also τοῖσι, ταῖσι: the dual has commonly but one gender, τώ for τά, τοῖν for ταῖν.

DEMONSTR. PRONOUN:

joined with a Subst., not as the Art., but like Lat. ille, ὁ Τυδείδης Tydeus's famous son, Il.; Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων Nestor— that aged man, id. Il.; τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, id. Il.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Art-ASF — Article · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

T-ASF Part of Speech: definite arTicle Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

English usagewhat the translators’ English meant
Webster's Dictionary (1828), Webster's Unabridged (1913), Webster's Dictionary (1806)

THE, an adjective or definitive adjective.

1. This adjective is used as a definitive, that is, before nouns which are specific or understood; or it is used to limit their signification to a specific thing or things, or to describe them; as the laws of the twelve tables. the independent tribunals of justice in our country, are the security or private rights, and the best bulwark against arbitrary power. the sun is the source of light and heat.

This he calls the preaching of the cross.

2. the is also used rhetorically before a noun in the singular number, to denote a species by way of distinction; a single thing representing the whole. the fig tree putteth forth her green figs; the almond tree shall flourish; the grasshopper shall be a burden.

3. In poetry, the sometimes loses the final vowel before another vowel.

Th' adorning thee with so much art,

Is but a barb'rous skill.

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
64%the
the64% · 13160×<the>28% · 5846×those3% · 597×other renderings4% · 788×other renderings1% · 294×

20,685 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 83 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject34%adverbial32%object24%predicate5%indirect object4%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 19,783 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςεἰμίI am, existἐγώ
ἐν
καίand, even, also,αὐτόςArticle the
εἰς
αὐτόςεἰσέρχομαιI go in, come inἔρχομαιI come, go
αὐτός
λέγωI say, speakδέbut, on the otheπρός
εἰμίI am, exist
οὗτοςσύἐγώ
<the>19783×
what comes after →
θεόςGod, a god
Article theκαίand, even, also,ἐγώ
δέbut, on the other ha
λέγωI say, speakἸησοῦςJesusἀποκρίνομαιI answer, reply
ἸησοῦςJesus
λέγωI say, speakκαίand, even, also,Article the
κύριοςlord, Lord, master,
ἐγώἸησοῦςJesusArticle the
πατήρfather, Father, ance
ἐγώσύαὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordance · 19,783× in the New Testament
Matthew Acts Luke John Revelation Mark Romans 1 Corinthians Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

40 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 3rd c. BC 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει Παθύρεως χαλκοῦ Γ. ἐπρίατο Ὧρος Νεχούτου.

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
καρδίανkardia heart G2588 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
156× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
The Greek word for heart refers to the seat of thoughts, feelings, and emotions, like in 2 Kings 18:14. It's where our moral and spiritual condition lies. The KJV translates it as heart or broken-hearted.
Tyndale gloss
heart
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καρδία (kardia) means 'heart' and encompasses both the physical organ and the metaphorical seat of life, emotions, thoughts, and intentions. It appears in various contexts in the New Testament, often relating to spiritual and moral conditions (e.g., Matthew 5:8). The term is derived from a root meaning to quiver or palpitate, linking it to feelings and desires.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καρδία, -ας, ἡ,

[in LXX chiefly for לֵב, לֵבָב;]

the heart,

the bodily organ which is regarded as the seat of life (II Ki 18:14, IV Ki 9:24, al.).

In a psychological sense, the seat of man's collective energies, the focus of personal life, the seat of the rational as well as the emotional and volitional elements in human life, hence that wherein lies the moral and religious condition of the man (DB, ii, 317 f.; DGG, ii, 344a);

of the seat of physical life (Jg 19:5, Ps 101 (102):5 103 (104):15): Ac 14:17, Ja 5:5;

of the seat of spiritual life: Mt 5:8, Mk 7:19, Lk 1:51,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καρδία, -as, 7, poetic κραδία and καρδίη (in the latter form almost always in Hom. [only at the beginning of a line in three places; everywhere else by metathesis xpadin; Ebeling, Lex. Hom. 5. v.}), [fr. a root signifying to quiver or palpitate; οἵ. Curtius § 39; Vaniéek p. 1097 (Etym. Magn. 491, 56 mapa τὸ κραδαίνω, τὸ σείω " ἀεικίνητος yap ἡ καρδία): allied with Lat. cor; Eng. heart]; Sept. for 37 and 239; the heart; 1. prop. that organ in the animal body which is the centre of the circulation of the blood, and hence was regarded as the seat of physical life: 2S. xviii. 14; 2 K. ix. 24; Tob. vi. 5 (4), 7 (6) sq.,17(16). Hence 2. univ. καρδία denotes the seat and centre of all physical and spiritual life; and a. the vigor and sense of physical life (Ps. ci. (cii.) 5; στήρισον τὴν καρδίαν σου Ψψωμῷ ἄρτου, Judg. xix. 5; to which add Ps. ciii. (civ.) 15): τρέφειν τὰς καρδίας, Jas. v.55…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καρδία (kardia) — heart.

καρδί-α, ἡ,

Ionic dialect καρδίη, Epic dialect κρᾰδίη (καρδίη in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in καρδίῃ ἄλληκτον πολεμίζειν ἠδὲ μάχεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] always in Trag., except in some dact. and anapaest meter verses, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect κάρζα [Refs] (but καρδία [Refs 7th c.BC+] κορζία (Paph.), [Refs 5th c.AD+]:—heart, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη μεγάλα στέρνοισι πατάσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πηδᾷ ἡ κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially as the seat of feeling and passion, as rage or anger, οἰδάνεται κραδίη Χόλῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καρδίης πλέως full of heart, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; of fear or courage, κυνὸς ὄμματ᾽ ἔχων, κραδίην δ᾽ ἐλάφοιο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [σφηκῶν] κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἔχοντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν νέον τίνα οἴει κ. ἴσχει; what do you think are his feelings? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of sorrow or joy, ἐν κραδίῃ μέγα πένθος ἄεξε [Refs 8th c.BC+]…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καρδία

kardia

prolonged from a primary kar (Latin cor, "heart"); the heart, i.e.

(figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the

middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καρδία, ας, ἡ

n.f.

the heart, inner life, intention

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καρδία kardia 156x

the heart, regarded as the seat of feeling, impulse, affection, desire, Mt. 6:21; 22:37; Phil. 1:7; the heart, as the seat of intellect, Mt. 13:15; Rom. 1:21; the heart, as the inner and mental frame, Mt. 5:8; Lk. 16:15; 1 Pet. 3:4; the conscience, 1 Jn. 3:20, 21; the heart, the inner part, middle, center, Mt. 12:40

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

καρδία καρδία, ἡ, the heart, ἐν στέρνοισι κραδίη πατάσσει Il.; κραδίη ἔξω στήθεος ἐκθρώσκει, of one panic-stricken, id. Il.; οἰδάνεται κραδίη χόλῳ id. Il., etc.; ἐκ τῆς καρδίας φιλεῖν Ar.; τἀπὸ καρδίας λέγειν, Lat. ex animo, to speak freely, Eur.

the stomach, Thuc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

hart (lebh, lebhabh; kardia): The different senses in which the word occurs in the Old Testament and the New Testament may be grouped under the following heads:

1. Various Meanings:

It represents in the first place the bodily organ, and by easy transition those experiences which affect or are affected by the body. Fear, love, courage, anger, Joy, sorrow, hatred are always ascribed to the heart--especially in the Old Testament; thus courage for which usually ruach is used (Ps 27:14); joy (Ps 4:7); anger (De 19:6, "while his heart is hot," lebhabh); fear (1Sa 25:37); sorrow (Ps 13:2), etc.

Easton's Bible Dictionary

Heart

According to the Bible, the heart is the centre not only of spiritual activity, but of all the operations of human life. “Heart” and “soul” are often used interchangeably (Deut. 6:5; 26:16; comp. Matt. 22:37; Mark 12:30, 33), but this is not generally the case.

The heart is the “home of the personal life,” and hence a man is designated, according to his heart, wise (1 Kings 3:12, etc.), pure (Ps. 24:4; Matt. 5:8, etc.), upright and righteous (Gen. 20:5, 6;

Across the New Testament22 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 405 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Shepherd of Hermas Philo of Alexandria Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas Josephus
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 118c. AD 40

τὰ δ’ ἐντὸς λεγόμενα σπλάγχνα στόμαχος, καρδία, πνεύμων, σπλήν, ἧπαρ, νεφροὶ δύο.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 5.193c. AD 75–95

καὶ ὁ μὲν πρὸς τὴν χαρὰν τὴν τοῦ ὀνείρατος ἀνεπήδησεν ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου, πλήξας δʼ αὐτὸν Ἰούδης εἰς τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τὸ ξιφίδιον ἐγκαταλιπὼν ἔξεισι προσκλίνας τὴν θύραν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 2.8c. AD 100

ἀλλ̓ ἡ τοῦτο ἐνετειλάμην αὐτοῖς: ἕκαστος ὑμῶν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ κακίαν μὴ μνησικακείτω, καὶ ὅρκον ψευδῆ μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
4th c. AD 2nd c. AD 5th c. AD 6th c. AD
O.Eleph.Wagner 306ElephantineAD 178–AD 179

ἕως Φαῶφι κ … Ἀντωνίνου Κομμόδου … ἀπὸ μηνὸς Φαῶφι ϛ … κάρδιαι καιναί … ὀφθαλμις … … εχων

P.Lond. 6 1914Herakleopolites bzw. KynopolitesAD 335

ἀκούσαντες οὖν τινὲς στρατιῶται οἱ ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ καὶ φόβον θεοῦ ἔχοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ἦρκαν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔκρυψαν ἐν ταῖς κέλλαις ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ. καὶ ἐκείνων μὴ εὑρεθέντων

P.Lond. 6 1917Herakleopolites bzw. KynopolitesAD 330–AD 340

ἐγὼ Ὡρίων, ἵνα ἐπάρωσιν αὐτῶν τὰς ἁγιωτάτας αὐτῶν χεῖρας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν ὡς τύπος σταυροῦ καὶ μὴ ἀποστερήσωσί με καὶ μὴ ἐ … ωσί με,

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
κηρύξαιkērussō to proclaim G2784 Verb · aorist · active · infinitive
61× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To preach means to proclaim or herald a message, especially the gospel. It is used in Mark 1:45 and Luke 4:18-19 to describe Jesus' ministry of proclaiming God's truth. This preaching is a public declaration of God's message.
Amplified meaning
declare
Tyndale gloss
to preach
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

κηρύσσω is a verb meaning to proclaim or herald, particularly in the context of announcing divine truth or the Gospel. It is used in the New Testament to describe the act of preaching, often associated with figures like John the Baptist and the apostles. The word is derived from a tradition of formal public announcements and carries a sense of authority. Notably, Abbott-Smith mentions its use in Mark 1:45 and other verses, emphasizing its role in the proclamation of the Gospel.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

κηρύσσω,

[in LXX chiefly for קרא;]

to be a herald, to proclaim: Mk 1:45 7:36, Lk 4:18, 19(LXX) (but v. Field, Notes, 174) 8:39, Ro 2:21, I Co 9:27, Ga 5:11, al.; in NT, chiefly of the proclamation of the Gospel, to proclaim, preach: τὸ εὐαγέλιον, Mt 4:23 9:35 24:14 26:13, Mk 1:14 13:10 14:9 16:[15], Ga 2:2, Col 1:23, I Th 2:9; seq. εἰς, Read the full entry →

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

κηρύσσω; impf. ἐκήρυσσον: fut. κηρύξω: 1 aor. ἐκήρυξα. [inf. κηρύξαι RG Tr WH, κηρῦξαι LT; ef. Lipsius, Gramm. Untersuch. p. 32 sqq.; ΤᾺ Proleg. p. 101; W. § 6, 1 f. (see reff. s. v. ejpvé)]; Pass., pres. κηρύσσομαι:; 1 aor. éxnpvxOnv; 1 fut. κηρυχθήσομαι; (κήρυξ, q. v-); fr. Hom. down; Sept. for NYP i to be a herald ; to officiate as herald ; to proclaim after the manner of a herald; always with a suggestion of formality, gravity, and an authority which must be listened to and obeyed; a. univ. to publish, proclaim openly: something which has been done, Mk. vii. 36; τὸν λόγον, Mk. i. 45 (here joined with διαφημίζειν) ; foll. by indir. dise., Mk. v. 20; Lk. viii. 39; something which ought to be done, foll. by the inf. (cf. W. 322 (302); [B. § 141, 2]), Ro. ii. 21; Μωῦσῆν, the authority and precepts of Moses, Acts xv. 21; περιτομήν, the necessity of circumcision, Gal. v. 11. b. spec. used…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

κηρύσσω. In BGU IV. 1024, a curious papyrus codex of the end ο. iv/A.D. made up of various widely differing documents, we find in the account of a legal process 1:8 καιρύτδετε δὲ ἡ γυναικί, which apparently stands for κηρύττετε or κήρυττε δὲ τῇ γυναικί. On the form κηρύττω see Thumb Hellen, p- 79, and on the use of the verb in 1 Cor 9?? see Field Notes, p. 174, where any allusion to the office of the κῆρυξ in the public games is set aside in favour of a direct reference to the preaching of the Gospel. A new compound évexnpvéapev in the sense of ‘‘ we applied for tenders” is found in P Petr III. 41 verso? (Ptol.).

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

κηρύσσω (kērussō) — to preach.

κηρύσσω,

Attic dialect κηρύττω, Doric dialect κᾱρύσσω: imperfect ἐκήρυσσον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future -ύξω [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect καρυξῶ [Refs]: aorist ἐκήρυξα [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc., Aeolic dialect participle καρύξαισα [Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect κεκήρῡχα (ἐπι-) [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—passive, future κηρυχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐκηρύχθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect κεκήρυγμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—to be a herald, officiate as herald, κηρύσσων γήρασκε [Refs 8th c.BC+]

__b to be an auctioneer, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

2. make proclamation as a herald, λαὸν κηρύσσοντες ἀγειρόντων let them convene the people by voice of herald, [Refs 8th c.BC+] proclamation was made.., [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

κηρύσσω

kerusso

of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially

divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

κηρύσσω

v.

I proclaim, herald, preach

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

κηρύσσω kēryssō 61x

to publish, proclaim, as a herald, 1 Cor. 9:27; to announce openly and publicly, Mk. 1:4; Lk. 4:18; to noise abroad, Mk. 1:45; 7:36; to announce as a matter of doctrine, inculcate, preach, Mt. 24:14; Mk. 1:38; 13:10; Acts 15:21; Rom. 2:21

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

κηρύσσω to be a herald, officiate as herald, Il.; λαὸν κηρύσσοντες ἀγειρόντων let them convene the people by voice of herald, id. Il.; κήρυσσε, κῆρυξ Aesch., etc.:—impers., κηρύσσει (sc. ὁ κῆρυξ) he gives notice, proclamation is made, Xen.

c. acc. pers. to summon by voice of herald, Hom., Ar.

to proclaim as conqueror, Xen., etc.: to extol, Eur.

to call upon, invoke, Aesch., Eur.

c. acc. rei, to proclaim, announce, τί τινι Trag.:— to proclaim or advertise for sale, Hdt.; κ. ἀποικίαν to proclaim a colony, i. e. to invite people to join as colonists, Thuc.

to proclaim or command publicly, Lat. indicere, Aesch., Soph., etc.; τὰ κηρυχθέντα the public orders, Soph.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-AAN — Verb · aorist · active · infinitive
aorist active infinitive — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive TVM equivalent: G5658

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
21%proclaiming
proclaiming21% · 13×proclaim15% · 9×preaching8% · 5×preach5% · 3×do proclaim5% · 3×proclaimed3% · 2×proclaims3% · 2×having been proclaimed3% · 2×other renderings36% · 22×

61 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 29 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb98%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 61 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
αὐτόςδιδάσκωI teach
δέbut, on the other ha
πορεύομαιI travel, journeπῶςἐγώ
ἐγώ
ἀποστέλλωI send forth, seπαραγγέλλωI notify, commanδιά
ὅς
βάπτισμαthe rite or cereπίστιςfaith, belief, tεὐαγγέλιονthe good news, t
Article the
πόλιςa cityδιδάσκωI teachἀκούωI hear, listen
κηρύσσωto proclaim61×
what comes after →
Article the
εὐαγγέλιονthe good news, tβασιλείαkingship, sovereἸησοῦςJesus
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ἔθνοςa race, people,
εἰς
Article theοὗτοςσύ
καίand, even, also, nam
λέγωI say, speakεὐαγγελίζωI bring good newοὕτωthus, so, in thi
ἐπί
Article the

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκηρύσσω · 61× in the New Testament
Mark Luke Matthew Acts 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians Romans Galatians 1 Peter 1 Thessalonians 1 Timothy 2 Timothy
Across the New Testament15 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 25 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas Clement of Rome The Shepherd of Hermas Philo of Alexandria
Philo of AlexandriaOn Husbandry 112c. AD 40

καὶ μὴ ἐπιτρέψῃς μηδὲ κήρυκι κηρῦξαι μηδὲ βραβευτῇ στεφανῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸς παρελθὼν τὰ βραβεῖα καὶ τὸν φοίνικα ἀνάδος καὶ στεφάνωσον, εἰ θέλει, καὶ ταῖς ταινίαις ἀνάδησον καὶ κήρυξον αὐτὸς μεγάλῃ καὶ ἀρρήκτῳ φωνῇ κήρυγμα τοιοῦτον·

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 4.274c. AD 75–95

Ἐὰν δέ τις ἢ χρυσίον ἢ ἀργύριον εὕρῃ καθʼ ὁδόν, ἐπιζητήσας τὸν ἀπολωλεκότα καὶ κηρύξας τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ εὗρεν ἀποδότω, τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρου ζημίας ὠφέλειαν οὐκ ἀγαθὴν ὑπολαμβάνων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 5.8c. AD 100

πέρας γέ τοι διδάσκων τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τηλικαῦτα τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ποιῶν ἐκήρυσσεν, καὶ ὑπερηγάπησεν αὐτόν.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 1st c. AD

ἐκ τῶν προτεθέντων πρὸς δικαιοδοσίαν ὀνομάτων καὶ μὴ ὑπακουσάντων Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος ἐκέλευσε τὸν κήρυκα κηρῦξαι· οἱ προτεθέντες ἐπʼ ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ ὑπακούσαντες ἴστωσαν, ὅτι πάλιν ἀναγορευθήσονται καὶ ἂν μηδὲ

BGU 1 288ArsinoitesAD 144–AD 147

δικάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἄμεινον ἡγησάμεθα … παραγείνηται καὶ τὸ ἕτερον ἀνα … … τὸν κριτὴν κηρύξας τὸν ἀναχωρήσαντα … … ρ … … μήτε ἐκδίκου ἔχοι τῇ ἰδίᾳ

P.Mich. 9 534Karanis (ArsinoitesAD 156

τὴν ὑπογραφήν. ἐνέτυχον πρὸ βήματος διὰ Ἀμμωνίου ῥήτορος τῇ κθ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνὸς καὶ ἐκηρύχθη ὁ ἀντίδικός μου πρὸ βήματος τρὶς καὶ οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν καὶ ὑπεμνημάτισαν.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
αἰχμαλώτοιςaichmalōtos to [the] captives G164 Noun · dative · plural · masculine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
A captive is a prisoner of war, as described in Luke 4:18. This term refers to someone who has been taken prisoner, often in a battle or conflict. The concept of captives is found throughout the Bible.
Amplified meaning
prisoners of war
Tyndale gloss
captive
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word αἰχμάλωτος (transliterated as aichmalotos) means 'captive' or 'prisoner.' It is derived from αἰχμή (a spear) and ἁλίσκομαι (to be taken). The term is used in various contexts, including references to prisoners of war and captives in general. It appears in the New Testament in Luke 4:18.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

αἰχμάλωτος, -ον

(< αἰχμή, a spear, ἁλίσκομαι, to be taken),

[in LXX chiefly for שָׁבָה, גּוֹלָה;]

captive: Lk 4:18(LXX).†

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

αἰχμάλωτος. The word is found in P Lille I. 38° (after B.c. 241-0) αἰχμαλώτοις els τὴν γινομένην σύνταξιν "] In their note the editors think that the reference is to certain prisoners brought from Asia by Philadelphus (cf. P Petr II. 29(4)* to some of whom a regular ‘‘allowance” or ‘‘ grant” (σύνταξις) may have been made. Dittenberger’s indices show seven inscriptions in $y/< and one in OG/S containing the word, all in the Hellenistic period. For the subst. see Michel 965° (beginning ii/8B.C.) ἔϊσωισεν ἐκ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας. amy. Magn 180°". (ii/A.D.) μόνος τῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος νεικήσας ᾿Ολύμπια, etc.—the athlete is claiming to have made a record: cf. the description of a certain ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν θεῶν in Syll 3638 (i/A D.), as διὰ βίου πρῶτον τῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, and 26. 68638 (ii/A.D.) ἣν μόνος ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος ἀνδρῶν ἐποίησεν. LP Oxy I. 33}: (ii/A.p.) θεωρήσατε ἕνα ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος ἀπαγόμενο]ν, “behold one led…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

αἰχμάλωτος (aichmalōtos) — captive.

αἰχμᾰλ-ωτος, ον,

taken by the spear, captive, prisoner, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of women, [Refs 5th c.BC+] — αἰχμάλωτοι prisoners of war, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἰ. λαμβάνειν, ἄγειν take prisoner, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἰ. γίγνεσθαι to be taken, [Refs]; of things, αἰ. χρήματα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ αἰ. booty, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἰχμάλωτον, τό, ={ἀνδράποδον}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]

II. ={αἰχμαλωτικός, δουλοσύνη αἰ}. such as awaits a captive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

III. αἰχμάλωτος, ὁ, name of plasters, [Refs 6th c.AD+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

αἰχμάλωτος

aichmalotos

from aichme (a spear) and a derivative of the same as 259; properly, a

prisoner of war, i.e. (genitive case) a captive:--captive.

see GREEK for 259

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

αἰχμάλωτος, ου, ὁ

n.m.

a captive, prisoner

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

αἰχμάλωτος aichmalōtos 1x

a captive, Lk. 4:18*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

αἰχμάλωτος taken by the spear, captive to one's spear, taken prisoner, Hdt., etc.; αἰχμάλωτον λαμβάνειν, ἄγειν to take prisoner, Xen.; αἰχμ. γίγνεσθαι to be taken, id. Xen.; τὰ αἰχμάλωτα booty, id. Xen.

= αἰχμαλωτικός, δουλοσύνη αἰχμ. such as awaits a captive, Hdt., Aesch.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DPM — Noun · dative · plural · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DPM Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
American Tract Society Bible Dictionary

Taken in war, seem anciently to have been looked upon as justly liable to death, and hence to any treatment less dreadful than death. Their necks were trodden upon, Jos 10:24, in token of abject subjection, which illustrates Ps 110:1. They were sold into servitude, like Joseph. They were mutilated, like Samson, or Adonizedek. They were stripped of all clothing, and driven in crowds to adorn the victor’s triumph. Large numbers of them were selected, often by a measuring line, 2Sa 8:2, and slain, 2Ch 25:12. This was sometimes done with designed cruelty, 2Sa 12:31 1Ch…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%captives
captives100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceαἰχμάλωτος · 1× in the New Testament
Luke
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 16 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Migration of Abraham 150c. AD 40

ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ὑποτροπιάσας νόσον οἰχήσεται ληφθεὶς αἰχμάλωτος ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν ψυχῇ πολεμίων, ὁ δὲ τὰς ἐξ ἐνέδρας ἐπιβουλὰς αὐτοῦ φυλαξάμενος πάσῃ μηχανῇ διοικισθήσεται.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 8.390c. AD 75–95

ἀπειλῆσαι γὰρ αὐτὸν εἰ διαφύγοι ὁ αἰχμάλωτος ἀποκτείνειν.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. BC
P.Hamb. 1 91Herakleopolites168 BC

πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, οὐκ … … ωρησαντο … ἀποδώσειν μοι τὰ λύτρα. ἡ προγεγραμμένη αἰχμάλωτος ψυχαγωγηθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώμης ἱερέων λογ … … εἰς τὸ ἐν τῆι

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἄφεσινaphesis deliverance G859 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
17× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means forgiveness or pardon, like being set free from a debt. Jesus talked about it in Matthew 26:28 and Mark 1:4, saying it's about God forgiving our sins. It's a key concept in the Bible.
Amplified meaning
freedom or pardon
Tyndale gloss
forgiveness
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἄφεσις (i.e., *aphesis*) is derived from ἀφίημι and means release or dismissal. It encompasses concepts such as forgiveness, pardon, and remission, particularly in relation to sins, as seen in several New Testament passages like Luke 4:18 and Matthew 26:28. While most entries agree on its primary meanings, Trench notes a significant theological debate regarding its use in contrast to the term πάρεσις, particularly in the context of Old Covenant forgiveness.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ἄφεσις, πάρεσις from a scan

ἼΛφεσις is the standing word by which forgiveness, or remission of sins, is expressed in the N. T. (see Vitringa, Obss. Sac. vol. i. pp. 909-983) ; though, remarkably enough, the LXX. — knows nothing of this use of the word, Gen. iv. 18 being the nearest approach to it. Derived from ἀφιέναι, the image which underlies it is that of a releasing, as of a prisoner (Isai. lxi. 1), or letting go, as of a debt (Deut. xv. 8). Probably the year of jubilee, called constantly ἔτος, or ἐνιαυτὸς, τῆς ἀφέσεως, Or simply ἄφεσις (Lev. xxv. 31, 40; xxvii. 24), the year in which all debts were forgiven, suggested the higher application of the word, which is frequent in the N. T., though more frequent in St. Luke than in all the other books of the New Covenant put together. On a single occasion, however, the term πάρεσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων occurs (Rom. iii. 25). Our Translators have noticed in the margin…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἄφεσις, -εως, ἡ

(< ἀφίημι),

[in LXX for יוֹבֵל, דְּרוֹר, etc. (v. Deiss., BS, 98 ff.; MM, s.v.);]

dismissal, release: Lk 4:18.

Metaph., of sins (never in LXX), pardon, remission of penalty: ἁμαρτιῶν, Mt 26:28, Mk 1:4, Lk 1:77 3:3 24:47, Ac 2:38 5:31 10:43 13:38 26:18, Col 1:14; παραπτωμάτων, Eph 1:7; absol., Mk 3:29, He 9:22 10:18 (cf. DB, ii, 56; DCG, i, 437, ii, 605; Cremer, 297 f.).†

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἄφεσις, -ews, ἡ. (ἀφίημι); 1. release, as from bondage, imprisonment, ete.: Lk. iv. 18 (19), (Is. Ixi. 1 sq.; Polyb. 1, 79, 12, ete.). 2. ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν forgiveness, pardon, of sins (prop. the letting them go, as if they had not been committed [see at length Trench § xxxiii.]), remission of their penalty: Mt. xxvi. 28; Mk. i. 4; Lk. i. 77; iii. 3; xxiv. 47; Acts ii. 38; v. 31; χ. 48: xiii. 38; xxvi. 18; Col. i. 145 τῶν παραπτωμάτων, Eph. i. 7; and simply ἄφεσις : Mk. iii. 29; Heb. ix. 22; x. 18, (φόνου, Plat. legg. 9 p. 869 d.; ἐγκλημάτων, Diod. 20, 44 [so Dion. Hal. 1. 8 § 50, see also 7, 33; 7, 46; esp. 7, 64; ἁμαρτημάτων, Philo, vit. Moys. iii. 17; al.]).

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἄφεσις. In Egypt ἄφεσις τοῦ ὕδατος was apparently a technical expression for the ‘‘release” of the water from the sluices or canals for the purpose of irrigation, e.g. P Petr II. 13(2)** (B.c. 258-3) ἵνα ἐπισκευασθῶσι mpd τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος ἀφέσεως, “in order that they (sc. bridges) may be finished before the letting loose of the water” (Ed.), 76. III. 39%, and 44 verso i 18 1. τζῶν κατ]ὰ Πτολεμαίδα a[hjécewy ἠνώιξαμεν B θύρας]. In this sense the noun may be concrete, meaning apparently a *‘ channel” or “sluice” : P Oxy VI. 918Y- 30 (ii/A.D.) ἀπηλ(ιώτου) ὁδὸ(ς) δημοσί(α) ἐν ἡ ἄφεσις λιθίνη. Hence, as Deissmann has shown (25 p. 98 ff.), the increased vividness for the Egyptians of the pictures in Joel 1°°, Lam 347 through the use of ἀφέσεις by the LX X translators. The word is similarly employed to denote the official “release” of the harvest after the taxes had been paid, in order that the…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἄφεσις (aphesis) — forgiveness.

ἄφεσις, εως, ἡ,

(ἀφίημι) letting go, release, περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀφέσεως Philipp. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῆ ἐν ἀφέσει land in private hands, opposed to βασιλική, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]

__b of persons, dismissal: in ritual, λαοῖς ἄ.[Refs 4th c.AD+]; release, [NT+2nd c.BC+]

2. with genitive, ἀ. φόνου quittance from murder, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; discharge from a bond, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόδοσις χρημάτων, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; exemption from attendance, leave of absence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. τῆς στρατείας exemption from service, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; remission of a debt, ταλάντου[Refs 2nd c.BC+]; χρημάτων[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; i.e. καταδίκης, [Refs]

2. b forgiveness, NT.Mark.3.29; ἁμαρτιῶν[NT]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἄφεσις

aphesis

from 863; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness,

liberty, remission.

see GREEK for 863

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἄφεσις, εως, ἡ

n.f.

deliverance, pardon, complete forgiveness

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἄφεσις aphesis 17x

dismission, deliverance, from captivity, Lk. 4:18 (2x); remission, forgiveness, pardon, Mt. 26:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἄφεσις ἀφίημι a letting go, dismissal, Philipp. ap. Dem.:— a quittance or discharge from a bond, id. Dem.: exemption from service, Plut.: a divorce, id. Plut.

a letting go (Lat. missio) of horses from the starting-post, and then the starting-post itself, ἰσώσας τἀφέσει τὰ τέρματα having made the winning-post one with the starting-post, i. e. having come back to the starting-post, Soph.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Nave's Topical Bible

→ See AFFLICTION

→ See GOD, PROVIDENCE OF

→ See PRAYER, ANSWERED

Thompson Chain Reference topics

(1) Of Israel

Ex 14:30; 1Sa 14:15; 2Ch 14:12; 20:22; 32:21

--SEE God of Battles, BATTLE OF LIFE

Divine Defence, BATTLE OF LIFE

(2) Divine, Examples of

Lot

Ge 19:16

David

1Sa 17:37

The Hebrew Children

Da 3:27

Daniel

Da 6:22

Jonah

Jon 1:17

The Apostles

Ac 5:18,19

Peter

Ac 12:7

Paul and Silas

Ac 16:26

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
88%forgiveness
forgiveness88% · 15×deliverance12% · 2×

17 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object53%adverbial24%subject24%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 17 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
εἰς
μετάνοιαrepentance, a chἐκχέωI pour out, shedΧριστόςanointed, the Me
ἐν
αὐτόςθραύωI crush, break,
Article the
αὐτόςἀπολύτρωσιςredemption, deli
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
οὐNeg
αἰχμάλωτοςa captive, prisoner
κηρύσσωI proclaim, hera
ἄφεσιςdeliverance17×
what comes after →
ἁμαρτίαa sin
αὐτόςεἰςλαμβάνωI receive, take
Article the
ἁμαρτίαa sinπαράπτωμαa falling away,
εἰς
Article the
καίand, even, also, nam
τυφλόςblind
οὗτος
οὐκέτιNeg

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἄφεσις · 17× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Hebrews Mark Colossians Ephesians Matthew
Across the New Testament7 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 39 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Sacrifices of Abel and Cain 122c. AD 40

ὡς εἴ γε ὁ πεντηκοστὸς λόγος εὑρέθη, καθ’ ὃν ἄφεσις ψυχῇ δουλείας καὶ παντελὴς ἐλευθερία προκηρύττεται (Lev.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.67c. AD 75–95

καλὴν τοίνυν ἴσθι σοι τὴν ὄψιν γεγενημένην καὶ προμηνύουσαν ἄφεσιν τῆς παρούσης ἀνάγκης ἐν τοσαύταις ἡμέραις, ἐξ ὅσων κλημάτων τὸν καρπὸν ἐτρύγησας κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 3.3c. AD 100

πρὸς ἡμᾶς δὲ λέγει: Ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἡ νηστεία, ἣν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, λέγει κύριος: λύε πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀπόστελλε τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει καὶ πᾶσαν ἄδικον συγγραφὴν διάσπα.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. BC 3rd c. BC 2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Mich. 5 233Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 24

Μαρεψήμιος τοῦ Μαρεψήμιος Καλατύτιος καὶ Πεχεῦτος τοῦ Ψοίφιος φυλασσόντων τὴν ἀπὸ λιβὸς τῆς γεφύρης ἄφεσιν ἱερέων καὶ παρὰ Σοκονώπιος τοῦ Σοκονώπιος καὶ Φανήσιος τοῦ Παστοοῦτος φυλασσόντων τὴν ἀπὸ ἀπηλιώτου

Chrest.Wilck. 244 n. 4Hermopolis (?)AD 113–AD 120

ἐπὶ τῆς καινῆς ἀφέσεως ἐκζητοῦντα ἐργάτας εἰς ἐπένχωσιν. ἐπεὶ μὴ ὕψωται τῆι οἰκοδομῇ ἡ ἄφεσις καὶ νῦν οἱ συσχεθέντες ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ εἰς τοῦτο ἐργάται

P.Phil. 3 VoArsinoitesAD 123

τοῦ Π … … … … υτον ὄντα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο … τῆς λειτουργίας ἄφεσιν … ουρον ἔδοσαν … ις … ουντας ὑπηρεσίας τοι … … … … ρετ

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
καὶkai and G2532 Conjunction
8,978× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
And or also, a connecting word used to join ideas or words, like in Matthew 2:18 and Hebrews 1:1.
Tyndale gloss
and
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

καί (kai) is a conjunction meaning 'and,' used to connect words, phrases, and clauses. It serves various functions, including copulative and adjunctive uses, and can express cumulative ideas like 'also' or 'even.' The New Testament frequently employs it to link terms and sentences, as seen in verses like Matthew 2:18 and John 10:3. Abbott-Smith notes its use in both simple and complex structures, while Thayer emphasizes its role as the most common particle in the New Testament.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

καί,

conj.,

and.

Copulative.

Connecting single words;

in general: Mt 2:18 16:1, Mk 2:15, Lk 8:15, He 1:1, al. mult.; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mt 23:23, Lk 14:21, Ro 7:12 9:4, al.;

connecting numerals (WM, § 37, 4): Jo 2:20, Ac 13:20;

joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mt 8:33 26:59, Mk 16:17,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

καί, a conj., and; the most freq. by far of all the particles in the N. T. [On its uses see W. § 53, 3sqq.; B. 361 (310) sqq., and ef. Ellicott on Phil. iv. 12; on the difference between it and τέ see 8. v. τέ ad init. ] I. It serves as a copulative i.e. to connect (Lat. et, atque, Germ. und) ; 1. it connects single words or terms: a. univ., as of Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Σαδδουκαῖοι, Mt. xvi. 1; ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατήρ, he who is God and Father (see θεός, 3); ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ καὶ ἀγαθῇ, Lk. viii. 15; πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως, ΗΘ}. 1. 1; it is repeated before single terms, to each of which its own force and weight is thus given: ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ai διαθῆκαι καὶ ἡ νομοθεσία καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, Ro. ix. 4 ; ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή, Ro. vii. 12; add, Mt. xxiii. 23; Lk. xiv. 21; Jn. xvi. 8; Acts xv. 20, 29; xxi. 25; Heb. ix. 10; Rey. v. 12; xviii. 12 sq.; ef. W. 519 sq. (484). b. it…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

και. In LAE p. 129 ff. Deissmann discusses the thoroughly popular character of the Johannine style with its short paratactic sentences, introduced by kal. . . καί. To illustrate this, he cites amongst other exx. a Dream from the Serapeum, P Par 51 (B.C. 160) (= Selections, p. 18 ff. : see especially the amended readings in Archiv vi. p. 204), which runs—** ὦμ[ην] βατί -- δ)ίζειν pe [ἀπ]ὸ λειβὸς ἕως ἀ[ πηλι]ώτου, καὶ ἀναπίπτομαι ἐπ᾿ ἄχυρον" καὶ [ἄν]θρωπ[ος9] ἀπὸ λιβός μου, ἐχόμενός μου’ ἀναπίπτει καὶ αὐτός, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκλειμμ[évot] μου ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου, καὶ ἐξαί[φνης] ἀνύγω τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς pov, καὶ ὁρῶ kTA., “ I dreamed that I was going from West to East, and I lie down upon chaff. And there | αὐτὸ (deleted in the original) Σεμφθεῖ. | ἐκ καινῆς ἐν Σομολ(ῶ)…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

καί (kai) — and.

καί,

conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences,

__A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and,

__A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

καί

kai

apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also

a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in

connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and,

also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when,

yet.

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

καί

Cj.

and, even, also, namely

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

καί kai 9x

(1) and, Mt. 2:2, 3, 11; 4:22; (2) καί ... καί, both ... and; (3) as a cumulative particle, also, too, Mt. 5:39; Jn. 8:19; 1 Cor. 11:6; (4) emphatic, even, also, Mt. 10:30; 1 Cor. 2:10; in NT adversative, but, Mt. 11:19; also introductory of the apodosis of a sentence, Gal. 3:28; Jas. 2:4

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Conj — Conjunction
conjunction — it joins clauses, and never changes form.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

CONJ CONJunction or conjunctive particle

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
89%and
and89% · 8448×also8% · 714×other renderings2% · 191×other renderings1% · 124×

9,477 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 42 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
adverbial16%subject13%object10%predicate3%verb2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 8,978 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
αὐτός
ἐνἐπίπρός
σύ
χάριςgrace, favor, kiπρόςπατήρfather, Father,
ἐγώ
πατήρfather, Father, πρόςθεόςGod, a god
εἰμίI am, exist
αὐτόςArticle theἐγώ
θεόςGod, a god
Article theθέλημαwill, wish, desiδέbut, on the othe
καίand8978×
what comes after →
Article the
ἀδελφόςa brotherπατήρfather, Father, μήτηρa mother
λέγωI say, speak
αὐτόςArticle theπρός
οὐNeg
εἰμίI am, existμήNegδύναμαιI am powerful, a
ὁράωI see, look upon, ex
Article theαὐτόςἀνήρa male human bei
ἐν
Article theπᾶςall, the whole, ὅλοςall, the whole,

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceκαί · 8,978× in the New Testament
Luke Matthew Revelation Acts Mark John 1 Corinthians Romans Hebrews 2 Corinthians Ephesians 1 John

3 inflected forms — one of the commonest words in the New Testament. Full distribution →

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome Ignatius of Antioch
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Creation of the World 1c. AD 40

Τῶν ἄλλων νομοθετῶν οἱ μὲν ἀκαλλώπιστα καὶ γυμνὰ τὰ νομισθέντα παρ’ αὐτοῖς εἶναι δίκαια διετάξαντο, οἱ δὲ πολὺν ὄγκον τοῖς νοήμασι προσπεριβαλόντες ἐξετύφωσαν τὰ πλήθη μυθικοῖς πλάσμασι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπικρύψαντες.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 1.argc. AD 75–95

ἡ τοῦ κόσμου σύστασις καὶ διάταξις τῶν στοιχείων.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 1.1c. AD 100

Χαίρετε, υἱοὶ καὶ θυγατέρες, ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς, ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. AD 3rd c. AD 4th c. AD 1st c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Stras. 2 89Pathyris100 BC

r βασιλεύοντος Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν Φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιε, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

P.Adl. 11Pathyris99 BC

1 ἔτους ιζ Θῶυθ κη ἀπέδοτο Πετεσοῦχος Φίβιος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τὸ ὕπαρχον αὐτοῖς ἥμισυ περιστερῶνος τοῦ ὄντος ἐν τῶι ἀπὸ βορρᾶ μέρει

P.Grenf. 2 35Pathyris99 BC

βασιλευόντων Πτολεμαίου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς ἀδελφῆς θεῶν φιλομητόρων ἔτους ιϛ, ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν καὶ κανηφόρου τῶν

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
τυφλοῖςtuphlos to [the] blind G5185 Adjective · dative · plural · masculine
50× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
In the Bible, this word means blind, either physically or spiritually, as seen in Matthew 9:27 and John 9:39-41. It describes a lack of sight or understanding. Jesus often healed the blind in his ministry.
Amplified meaning
those who are physically or spiritually blind
Tyndale gloss
blind
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word τυφλός (i.e., *typhlos*) means 'blind' and can refer to both physical and metaphorical blindness. It appears frequently in the New Testament, often in contexts discussing spiritual or mental blindness, as seen in Matthew and John. The term is derived from a root meaning 'to raise a smoke,' suggesting a state of obscurity or darkness.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

τυφλός, -ή, -όν

[in LXX for עִוֵּר ;]

blind: as subst., ὁ τ., Mt 9:27, Mk 8:22, Lk 4:18 (LXX), Jo 5:3, al. Metaph.: Mt 15:14 23:16-26, Jo 9:39-41, Ro 2:19, II Pe 1:9, Re 3:17.

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

τυφλός, -od, 6, (τύφω, to raise a smoke; hence prop. ‘darkened by smoke’), fr. Hom. down, Sept. for 11y, blind ; a. prop.: Mt. ix. 27sq.; xi. 5; Mk. viii. 22 sq-; x. 46; Lk. vii. 21sq.; xiv. 13,21; Jn. ix. 1 sq. 13; x. 21, ete. b. as often in prof. auth. fr. Pind. down, mentally dlind: Mt. xv. 14; xxiii. 17,19, 24, 26; Jn. ix. 39-41; Ro. ii. 19; 2 Pet. i. 9; Rev. iii. 17.

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

τυφλός (tuphlos) — blind.

τυφλός, ή, όν,

blind, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+], frequently in other writers; τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τ. Ἄρης, Πλοῦτος, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τ. ὄψις, ὀφθαλμοί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] blind to.., [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τ. τῆς προνοίας lacking vision of the future, [Refs]; τὰ τ. τοῦ σώματος, i. e. one's back, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ τυφλῷ γε δῆλον even a blind man can see that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

2. of the limbs of the blind, τ. πούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [βάκτρον], τοξεύματα, [Refs]

3. metaphorically of the other senses and the mind, τ. ἦτορ [Refs 5th c.BC+]

4. metaphorically, τ. ὄλβος [Refs 5th c.BC+]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

τυφλός

tuphlos

from, 5187; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically

or mentally):--blind.

see GREEK for 5187

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

τυφλός, ή, όν

Adj

blind

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

τυφλός typhlos 50x

blind, Mt. 9:27, 28; 11:5; 12:22; met. mentally blind, Mt. 15:14; 23:16

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

τυφλός τυφλός, ή, όν τύφω blind, Il., etc.:—c. gen., τ. τινος blind to a thing, Xen.:— τὰ τυφλὰ τοῦ σώματος, i. e. one's back, id. Xen.:—of the limbs of the blind, τ. πούς, χείρ Eur.; cf. τυφλόπους.

of things, blind, dark, obscure, Aesch., Soph.; τ. σπιλάδες blind rocks, Anth.

of channels, blind, i. e. closed, choked with mud, Plut.

adv., τυφλῶς ἔχειν πρός τι to be blind to it, Plat.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Adj-DPM — Adjective · dative · plural · masculine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

A-DPM Part of Speech: Adjective Case: Dative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Easton's Bible Dictionary

Blind

Blind beggars are frequently mentioned (Matt. 9:27; 12:22; 20:30; John 5:3). The blind are to be treated with compassion (Lev. 19:14; Deut. 27:18). Blindness was sometimes a punishment for disobedience (1 Sam. 11:2; Jer. 39:7), sometimes the effect of old age (Gen. 27:1; 1 Kings 14:4; 1 Sam. 4:15). Conquerors sometimes blinded their captives (2 Kings…

→ Cruelty to, forbidden Le 19:14; De 27:18

→ The taunting Jebusites, hated by David 2Sa 5:8

→ See BLINDNESS

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
90%blind
blind90% · 47×blind!6% · 3×other renderings4% · 2×

52 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 4 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
subject28%object26%predicate24%indirect object6%adverbial6%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 50 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
περιπατέωI walk, conduct μωρόςstupid, foolishἄφεσιςdeliverance, par
Article the
αὐτόςχείρa handφωνέωI crow, shout, s
εἰμίI am, exist
ὅτιthat, since, becὅςκαίand, even, also,
αὐτός
ἀφίημιI send away, relπροσέρχομαιI come near, conφέρωI carry, bear, b
ὁδηγόςa leader, guide
εἰμίI am, existσύ
τυφλόςto [the] blind50×
what comes after →
καίand, even, also, nam
λέγωI say, speakχωλόςlame, deprived oκωφόςdumb, deaf
εἰμίI am, exist
ὁδηγόςa leader, guideἄρτιnow, just nowοὐNeg
γεννάωI beget, bring forth
πῶς
ἀναβλέπωI look up, recover m
καίand, even, also,χωλόςlame, deprived o
τυφλόςblind
δέbut, on the otheὁδηγέωI lead, guide

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceτυφλός · 50× in the New Testament
Matthew John Luke Mark 2 Peter Acts Revelation Romans
Across the New Testament8 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 21 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaAllegorical Interpretation of Genesis 3.91c. AD 40

ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐναύλους ἔχει καὶ ἐναργεῖς τὰς καταλήψεις, ὡς μηδὲ ἀγνοίᾳ διαμαρτεῖν, ἀναμνήσεως δὲ λήθη πάντως προηγεῖται, πηρὸν καὶ τυφλὸν πρᾶγμα.

JosephusAgainst Apion 2.15c. AD 75–95

τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν χρόνων, ἐν οἷς φησι τὸν Μωσῆν ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς λεπρῶντας καὶ τυφλοὺς καὶ τὰς βάσεις πεπηρωμένους, σφόδρα δὴ τοῖς πρὸ αὐτοῦ συμπεφώνηκεν, ὡς οἶμαι, ὁ γραμματικὸς ὁ ἀκριβής.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.7c. AD 100

λέγει οὖν ὁ προφήτης: Ἐγὼ κύριος, ὁ θεός σου, ἐκάλεσά σε ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ κρατήσω τῆς χειρός σου καὶ ἐνισχύσω σε, καὶ ἔδωκά σε εἰς διαθήκην γένους, εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλῶν καὶ ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ δεσμῶν πεπεδημένους καὶ ἐξ οἴκου φυλακῆς…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. AD 1st c. AD 4th c. AD 7th c. AD 1st c. BC
BGU 14 2425Herakleopolites101 BC–2 BC

Σιεφμοῦς Χαλεῖβις Παψαλις Πρυης σκυτεύς Σωτήριχος Ἱππάλου Σαλάμων Κέννις Ἀσφεῦς Τακωνος Πανκράτης Ὀννῶφρις ἀδελφός Τυφλὸς ἀλέτης Πέτων ὀνηλάτης Σαλάμων Πολῆμις Κεφαλᾶς Νωείτης γίνονται ἄνδρες κζ γεωργῶν πρὸς χώματα ἀνδρῶν

P. Princ. 3 171AD 1–AD 100

οιπον οφ … … ς οπτον … … ητηι … … ουτω … … τυφλον … … … αι κω … … μεν

O.Elkab 147EileithyiopolisAD 1–AD 200

Ψενοντῆρις Μάριος Ἰουλίου Τύφλος Ἁρσιήσιος Ψενσενμῖνις Πετεχνοῦμις … η Παβοῦς Ψενπ … η Πετε … υφις Ψενοντήριος Ψεναπάθης

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἀνάβλεψιν,anablepsis recovery of sight, G309 Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
Recovery of sight refers to the restoration of vision, as in Luke 4:18, where Jesus heals the blind.
Amplified meaning
restoration of vision
Tyndale gloss
recovery of sight
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀνάβλεψις, from the verb ἀναβλέπω, means 'recovery of sight' or 'looking up.' It appears in the New Testament, specifically in Luke 4:18, and is associated with the Septuagint translation of Isaiah 61:1. The entries consistently emphasize its meaning related to sight restoration.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀνά-βλεψις, -εως, ή

(< ἀναβλέπω),

[in LXX: Is 61:1 (פְּקַח־קוֹחַ)*;]

recovery of sight: Lk 4:18(LXX).†

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀνάβλεψις (anablepsis) — recovery of sight.

ἀνάβλεψις, εως, ἡ,

looking up, seeing, [Refs 4th c.BC+]

II. recovery of sight, [LXX+NT]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀνάβλεψις

anablepsis

from 308; restoration of sight:--recovery of sight.

see GREEK for 308

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀνάβλεψις, εως, ἡ

n.f.

recovery of sight

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀνάβλεψις anablepsis 1x

recovery of sight, Lk. 4:18*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀνάβλεψις ἀναβλέπω a looking up, Arist.

recovery of sight, NTest.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-ASF — Noun · accusative · singular · feminine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-ASF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Accusative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%recovery of sight
recovery of sight100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceἀνάβλεψις · 1× in the New Testament
Luke
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Epistle of Barnabas
The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἀποστεῖλαιapostellō to send forth G649 Verb · aorist · active · infinitive
131× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To send means to set apart or dispatch someone or something on a mission, as seen in Matthew 10:40 and Mark 12:2. This term is used to describe the act of giving someone a task or commission to fulfill.
Amplified meaning
set free
Tyndale gloss
to send
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἀποστέλλω (i.e., *apostellō*) means to send away or dispatch, often with a specific mission or commission. It is used in various contexts, including sending persons like Christ and the apostles, as well as things like messages or commands. The New Testament frequently employs this term, notably in Matthew 10:40 and Luke 4:18. Different lexicons highlight its official or authoritative connotation compared to the more general term for sending.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἀπο-στέλλω,

[in LXX very freq., almost always for שׁלח;]

prop., to send away, to dispatch on service;

to send with a commission, or on service;

of persons: Christ, Mt 10:40; the apostles, 10:16; servants, Mk 12:2; angels, 13:27;

of things: ὄνος, Mt 21:3; τὸ δρέπανον, Mk 4:29; τ. λόγον, Ac 10:36; τ. ἐπαγγελίαν (i.e. the promised Holy Spirit), Lk 24:49, Rec.; seq. εἰς, Mt 20:2, Lk 11:49, Jo 3:17; ὀπίσω,

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἀπο-στέλλω; fut. ἀποστελῶ ; 1 aor. ἀπέστειλα; pf. ἀπέσταλκα, [3 pers. plur. ἀπέσταλκαν Acts xvi. 36 LT Tr WH (see γίνομαι init.) ; Pass., pres. drooreAAopat |; pf. ἀπέσταλpat; 2 aor. ἀπεστάλην ; [fr. Soph. down]; prop. to send off; sena away ; 1. to order (one) to go to a place ap6/ 5 τς ἀποστέλλω pointed; a. either persons sent with commissions, or things intended for some one. So, very frequently, Jesus teaches that God sent him, as Mt. x. 40; Mk. ix. 37; Lk. x.16; Jn. v. 36, ete. he, too, is said to have sent his apostles, i. 6. to have appointed them: Mk. vi. 7; Mt. x.16; Lk. xxii. 35; Jn. xx. 21, etc. messengers are sent: LK. vii. 3 ; ix. 52; x. 1; servants, Mk. vi. 27; xii. 2; Mt. xxi. 36; xxii. 3; an embassy, Lk. xiv. 32; xix. 14; angels, Mk. xiii. 27; Mt. xxiv. 31, ete. Things are said to be sent, which are ordered to be led away or conveyed to any one, as Mt. xxi. 3; Mk. xi. 3…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἀποστέλλω. The verb is common in the sense of mz¢¢o. Thus P Par 32°° (B.c. 152) (= Witkowski?, p. 68) Καβάτοκον δ᾽ ἐπιτηρῶ, ἂν κατα[π]λῇ, ἀποστεῖλαί σοι, P Oxy IV. 744° (B.C. 1) (= Selections, p. 33) ἐὰν εὐθὺς ὀψώνιον λάβωμεν ἀποστελῶ

Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἀποστέλλω (apostellō) — to send.

ἀποστέλλω,

future -στελῶ: aorist ἀπέστειλα (see. below):— send off or away from, μή μ᾽.. τῆσδ᾽ ἀποστείλητε γῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; send away, banish, τὰ δίκαια[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, go away, depart, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. dispatch, on some mission or service, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently of messengers or forces, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἰκιστάς (as a form of banishment), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, with infinitive, οἱ ἀποσταλέντες στρατεύεσθαι[Refs]

III. put off, doff, θαἰμάτια[Refs 5th c.BC+]

IV. intransitive, retire, withdraw, of the sea, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, οἴκαδε[Refs 4th c.BC+]

Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἀποστέλλω

apostello

from 575 and 4724; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out

(properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send

(away, forth, out), set (at liberty).

see GREEK for 575

see GREEK for 4724

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἀποστέλλω

v.

I send forth, send, send away, dismiss

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἀποστέλλω apostellō 132x

to send forth a messenger, agent, message, or command, Mt. 2:16; 10:5; to put forth into action, Mk. 4:29; to liberate, rid, Lk. 4:19; to dismiss, send away, Mk. 12:3

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἀποστέλλω to send off or away from, γῆς, χθονός Soph., Eur.; ἔξω χθονός Eur.; ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Plat.: absol. to send away, banish, Soph., Eur.:—Pass. to go away, depart, set out, Soph., Eur.

to send off, despatch, on some service, Soph.; of troops and ships, Hdt., Thuc.

intr. to go back, retire, of the sea, Thuc.; of seamen, Dem.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-AAN — Verb · aorist · active · infinitive
aorist active infinitive — a completed action, viewed as a whole.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-AAN Part of Speech: Verb Tense: Aorist Voice: Active Mood: iNfinitive TVM equivalent: G5658

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

forth: "Forth," adverb (from "for"), signifies movement

(1) forward,

(2) out of,

(3) beyond a certain boundary.

In a few instances in the Old Testament it is the translation of the preposition `al, properly "above," "upon" (2Ki 11:15; 2Ch 23:14; Am 7:17 the King James Version), and of chuts, "without" (Ge 39:13; Jud 19:25). "Forth" is often used as an expletive of various verbs, as "break (forth)," "bring (forth)," "call (forth)," etc. In the Gospel of John it is the translation of exo, "without," as "Lazarus, come forth" (11:43; so 15:6; 19:4 the King James Version…

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
31%sent
sent31% · 42×he sent16% · 22×having sent9% · 12×has sent5% · 7×he may send2% · 3×have sent2% · 3×send forth2% · 3×send2% · 3×other renderings29% · 39×

134 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 38 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
verb96%adverbial2%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 131 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
καίand, even, also, nam
λίανvery, very much,δέρωI flay, flog, scθεόςGod, a god
ἐγώ
σύὁράωI see, look uponἐκβάλλωI throw, cast, p
Article the
δέχομαιI take, receive,λιθοβολέωI stone, cast stἀλλάbut, except
αὐτός
μήNegἄρχωI beginεὐθέωςimmediately, soo
ὅς
ὅτιthat, since, becεἰςκαίand, even, also,
ἀποστέλλωto send forth131×
what comes after →
Article the
ἄγγελοςan angel, messenυἱόςa son, descendenδοῦλος (II)
πρός
αὐτόςArticle theσύ
αὐτός
εἰςκηρύσσωI proclaim, heraArticle the
ἐγώ
Article theεἰςκηρύσσωI proclaim, hera
εἰς
Article theὅλοςall, the whole, αὐτός

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἀποστέλλω · 131× in the New Testament
John Luke Acts Matthew Mark 1 John Revelation 1 Corinthians 1 Peter 2 Corinthians 2 Timothy Hebrews

Every reference is on the Strong's page.

Across the New Testament13 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 236 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Josephus Philo of Alexandria The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome The Epistle of Barnabas
Philo of AlexandriaThat the Worse Attacks the Better 5c. AD 40

καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς κοιλάδος τῆς Χεβρών, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Συχέμ.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 6.167c. AD 75–95

φήσαντος δέ τινος αὐτῷ τῶν παρόντων ἐν Βηθλεέμῃ πόλει τεθεᾶσθαι Ἰεσσαίου μὲν υἱὸν, ἔτι δὲ παῖδα τὴν ἡλικίαν, εὐπρεπῆ δὲ καὶ καλὸν τά τε ἄλλα σπουδῆς ἄξιον καὶ δὴ καὶ ψάλλειν εἰδότα καὶ ᾄδειν ὕμνους καὶ πολεμιστὴν ἄκρον, πέμψας πρὸς τὸν Ἰεσσαῖον…

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 14.9c. AD 100

καὶ πάλιν ὁ προφήτης λέγει: Πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπ’ ἐμέ, οὖ εἵνεκεν ἔχρισέν με εὐαγγελίσασθαι ταπεινοῖς χάριν, ἀπέσταλκέν με ἰάσασθαι τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν, κηρῦξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς ἀνάβλεψιν, καλέσαι ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτὸν καὶ…

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
3rd c. BC 4th c. AD 3rd c. AD 5th c. AD 6th c. AD
P.Cair. Zen. 1 59047Alexandria258 BC

r Ἀμύντας Ζήνωνι χαίρειν. ἀπεστάλκαμεν Δεξίλαον πρὸς Ἀπολλώνιον κομίζοντα ἐπιστολὴν περὶ ἀνηλωμάτων. καλῶς ἂν οὖν ποιήσαις … τήν τε

P.Cair. Zen. 1 59049Memphites (?)258 BC

r Νίκων Ζήνωνι χαίρειν. ἀπόστειλόν τινα ὃς παραλήψεται τὸν χόρτον τὸν γινόμενον ἡμῖν παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν καὶ Ἀπολλώνιον ὑπόμνησον

P.Edg. $1Alexandria258 BC

πόλει κομιῆι· καὶ τὴν ταχίστην, ἵνα γενόμενα ὡς ἂν παραγένηι εἰς πόλιν καταγάγηις ἡμῖν. ἀπεστάλκαμεν δέ σοι τὴν γραφὴν πάντων Ἕρμωνα κομίζοντα καὶ ἅμα ἵνα γένηται πρὸς τούτοις. ἔρρωσο.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
τεθραυσμένουςthrauō [the] oppressed G2352 Verb · perfect · passive · participle · accusative · plural · masculine
1× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
To crush means to break in pieces or shatter, as in Luke 4:18. It can also mean to break down or bruise, and is used to describe physical or emotional harm.
Amplified meaning
those who are crushed or broken
Tyndale gloss
to crush
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word θραύω (i.e., *thrauo*) means to break, shatter, or crush. It has both literal and metaphorical uses, including breaking down or enfeebling. The New Testament references it in contexts of oppression, notably in Luke 4:18, where it relates to being crushed by calamity. The lexicons do not present significant disagreement on its meanings.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

θραύω,

[in LXX for רצץ (De 28:33, Is 42:4 58:6), etc.;]

to break in pieces, shatter; metaph., to break down: Lk 4:18(LXX).†

Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

θραύω: pf. pass. ptep. τεθραυσμένος; fr. [Hdt.], Aeschyl. down, to break, break in pieces, shatter, smite through, (Ex. xv. 6; Num. xxiv. 17, εἴς; 2 Mace. xy. 16): τεθραυσμένοι, broken by calamity ΓΑ. V. bruised], Lk. iv. 18 (19) fr. Is. lviii. 6 for Dy3¥9. [SY¥N. see ῥήγνυμι.]

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

θραύω. For the perf. part. pass. of this verb, which is found in Lk 4!8 (from LXX), cf. Sy/7 226188 (iii/B.c.) τ]εθραυσμένος : in 24, 58827 (c. B.c. 180) we have ποτήρια παντοδαπὰ τεθραυμένα. See also for the verb 24. 8015 (ii/A.D.) ἢ αἰκίσεται ἢ θραύσει ἤ τι μέρος ἢ σύμπαν, and Aabe/ 1003, an inscr. on the left leg of Memnon, referring to the breaking of the stone by Cambyses— ἔθραυσε Καμβύσης pe τόνδε τὸν λίθον. The verb is common in Vett. Val. with reference to the “crushing” of the power of evil etc., e.g. p. 2767 θραύεται ϑὲ τὸ φαῦλον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ παρηγορούμενον, cf. Judith οἱ, and the subst. θραῦσμα in 16. 7%. The verbal θραυστός Thel metaphorical meaning πὴ (for accent, ‘see | occurs in an epigram of early i/B.c., P Tebt I. 34 θαυστά (4 θραυστά) unfortunately in a broken…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

θραύω (thrauō) — to crush.

θραύω,

Epic dialect imperfect θραύεσκον [Refs 5th c.AD+]: future -σω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἔθραυσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, future θραυσθήσομαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]aorist ἐθραύσθην (see. below), (κατ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect τέθραυσμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—break in pieces, shatter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, θραυομένης τῆς πέτρης flying into pieces, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πτερὰ θραύονται have their wings broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]

II. metaphorically, break down, enfeeble, μὴ θραύσαι (-σοι codices) χρόνος ὄλβον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐλπίδα, etc., [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—passive, πόθος θραυσθείς [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; θραυόμενος τὸν λογισμόν, Latin animo fractus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; θραυσθῆναι ἐπί τινα to be grieved for..…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

θραύω

thrauo

a primary verb; to crush:--bruise. Compare 4486.

see GREEK for 4486

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

θραύω

v.

I crush, break, shatter

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

θραύω thrauō 1x

to break, shiver; met., shattered, crushed by cruel oppression, Lk. 4:18*

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

θραύω to break in pieces, shatter, shiver, Hdt., Aesch., Eur.:—Pass. to fly into pieces, Hdt.

metaph., like Lat. frangere, = θρύπτω, to break down, enfeeble, Pind., Eur., etc.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Verb-RPP-APM — Verb · perfect · passive · participle · accusative · plural · masculine
accusative — the one it is done to — the object.
Agrees with anything else marked plural masculine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

V-RPP-APM Part of Speech: Verb Tense: peRfect Voice: Passive Mood: Participle Case: Accusative Number: Plural Gender: Masculine

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
100%oppressed
oppressed100% · 1×

1 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 1 different way. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

Concordanceθραύω · 1× in the New Testament
Luke
Across the New Testament1 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
The Epistle of Barnabas
The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 3.3c. AD 100

πρὸς ἡμᾶς δὲ λέγει: Ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἡ νηστεία, ἣν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, λέγει κύριος: λύε πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀπόστελλε τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει καὶ πᾶσαν ἄδικον συγγραφὴν διάσπα.

[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἐνen in G1722 Preposition
2,743× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
about as common in Luke as anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word is a preposition that means in, on, or among something. It's used in many places, like Matthew 7:3 and Luke 7:37, to describe a location or relationship. It can also mean by, with, or during.
Tyndale gloss
in/on/among
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The most frequent preposition in the New Testament, 2,752 occurrences. In, on, at, among, within — its force comes almost entirely from the word it is attached to. What it does here is put the events inside a community rather than at a distance: they were fulfilled among us.

Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἐν,

prep, (the most freq. of all in NT), c. dat. (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, c. abl.).

Of place, c. dat. rei, pers., in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Lk 7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mt 7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mt 12:40; τ. ὄρει, II Pe 1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Re 3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Ro 8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν , Lk 1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Ga 3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mt 12:5, al.; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103)…

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν Χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, ἐν κυρίῳ, (οἴ. Fritzsche, Com. on Rom. vol. ii. p. 82 544.; W. 389 (364); Weiss, Bibl. Theol. des N. T. §§ 84 b., 149 c.), ingrafied as it were in Christ, in fellowship and union with Christ, with the Lord: Ro. iii. 24; vi. 11, 23; viii. 39; 1Co.i.4; 2 Co. iii. 14; Gal. ii. 4; iii. 14, 26, 28; v. 6; Eph.i. 3 [Rec. om. ἐν]; ii. 6 sq. 10,13; 1 Tim.i.14; 2 Tim.i. 1,13; ii-1; 1 Pet. iii. 16; v.10; στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ, Phil. iv. 1; iva εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ, that I may be found (by God and Christ) most intimately united to him, Phil. iii. 9; εἶναι ἐν Χριστῷ "Inc. 1 Co. i. 30; οἱ ἐν Xp. "Ina. Ro. viii. 1; 1 Pet. v. 14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χριστῷ, θνήσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ, to fall asleep, to die, mindful of relationship to Christ and confiding in it [W. u.s.], 1 Co. xv. 18; Rey. xiv. 13. Since such union with Christ is the basis on which actions and virtues rest, the expression is…

Read the full entry →
Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἐν 210 contract—time of Augustus) ἱμάτια γυναικεῖα ἐν apyv(plov) δραχμαῖς ἑκατόν, P Oxy IV. 7247 (A.D. 155) ἐξ ὧν ἔσχες τὴν πρώτην δόσιν ἐν δραχμαῖς τεσσαράκοντα, 70. I. 565 (A.D. 211) δανειζομένη. .. ἀργύριον ἔντοκον ἐν δραχμαῖς ἑξακισχειλίαις, and P Grenf II. 778 (iii/iv a.p.) (=Selections, Pp. 120) το]ὺς μισθοὺς. . ὄντας ἐν δραχμαῖς τριακοσίαις τεσσαράκοντα. Similar are P Oxy IV. 7084 (a.p. 188) yopou . . ἐν (1vpod)(apraBats) ’B, BGU 1. 724 (a.p. 191) ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε: with which may be compared Eph 2!° τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν, “consisting in.” In P Lond 9215 (ii/iii a.p.) (ΞΞ 111. P- 134) γεγονέναι ἐν ἀμπέλῳ = ‘to be planted with vines.” A predicative use of ἐν is seen in P Hib I. 421° (B.c. 262) δώσομεν Λευκίωι ἐν ὀφειλήματι, ‘asa debt,” P Petr I. 1215 (cf. II. p. 22) ὅσα δὲ ᾿Αξιοθέα προσενήνεγκται ἐμ φερνῆι, “ἐᾷς dowry,” and P Tebt I. 120 135…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἐν (en) — in/on/among.

ἐν,

poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag., εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs]

__PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into.

__A WITH DAT.

__A.I OF PLACE,

__A.I.1 in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of.., ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]

__A.I.1.b ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th…

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἐν

en

a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or

state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or

constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between 1519

and 1537); "in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.:--about, after, against, +

almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+

all means), for (... sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to,

-wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly,

one, X quickly,

X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on),

through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while,

with(-in). Often used in compounds, with substantially the same

import; rarely with verbs of motion, and then not to indicate

direction, except (elliptically) by a separate (and different)

preposition.

see GREEK for 1519

see GREEK for 1537

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἐν

Prep.

in, on, among

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἐν en 2x

followed by the dat., in, Mt. 8:6; Mk. 12:26; Rev. 6:6,; upon, Lk. 8:32; among, Mt. 11:11; before, in the presence of, Mk. 8:38; in the sight, estimation of, 1 Cor. 14:11; before, judicially, 1 Cor. 6:2; in, of state, occupation, habit, Mt. 21:22; Lk. 7:25; Rom. 4:10; in the case of, Read the full entry →

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἐν

e)nprepe)ni/prep ei)nprep ei)ni/prep in, among. c. dat.

Lat. in.

PREP. WITH DAT.:

OF PLACE

in, ἐν νήσῳ, ἐν Τροίῃ, etc., Hom., etc.:—elliptic, ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο (sc. οἴκῳ) Od.; εἰν Ἀΐδαο Il.; ἐν παιδοτρίβου at the school of the training master, Ar.

in, upon, ἐν οὔρεσι Hom., etc.

in the number of, amongst, ἐν Δαναοῖς, etc., Hom.; and with Verbs of ruling, ἄρχειν, ἀνάσσειν ἐν πολλοῖς to be first or lord among many, i. e. over them, id. Hom.; cf. ὁ, τό B. III. 3.

in one's hands, within one's reach or power, Lat. penes, Hom., etc.; ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Soph.; ἐν τῷ θεῷ τὸ τέλος ἦν Dem.

in respect of, ἐν γήρᾳ in point of age, Soph.

Read the full entry →
Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Prep — Preposition
preposition — its sense depends on the case of the word it governs.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

PREP PREPosition

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
International Standard Bible Encyclopedia

A principal thing to notice about this preposition, which in the King James Version represents about 16 Hebrew and as many Greek words and prepositions, is that, in hundreds of cases (especially in the Old Testament, but frequently also in the New Testament) in the Revised Version (British and American) the rendering is changed to more exact forms ("to," "unto," "by," "upon," "at," "with," "among," "for," "throughout," etc.; compare e.g. Ge 6:16; 13:8; 17:7,9,12; 18:1; Ex 8:17; Le 1:9, etc.); while, nearly as often, "in" is substituted for divergent forms of the King James Version (e.g. Ge 2:14; 17:11; 31:54; 40:7; 49:17; Ex…

Across the New Testament27 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
[The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] upon Me myself, of which because He has anointed Me to evangelise to [the] poor, He has sent Me to heal the bruised <the> heart to proclaim to [the] captives deliverance and to [the] blind recovery of sight, to send forth [the] oppressed in deliverance,
ἀφέσει,aphesis deliverance, G859 Noun · dative · singular · feminine
17× in the NT scale is logarithmic — ὁ, the commonest word, appears 19,867×
commoner in Luke than anywhere else in the New Testament
In plain English
Meaning
This word means forgiveness or pardon, like being set free from a debt. Jesus talked about it in Matthew 26:28 and Mark 1:4, saying it's about God forgiving our sins. It's a key concept in the Bible.
Tyndale gloss
forgiveness
Greek lexiconskeyed to Strong's numbers
Layman’s summary of all Lexicon entries.generated

The Greek word ἄφεσις (i.e., *aphesis*) is derived from ἀφίημι and means release or dismissal. It encompasses concepts such as forgiveness, pardon, and remission, particularly in relation to sins, as seen in several New Testament passages like Luke 4:18 and Matthew 26:28. While most entries agree on its primary meanings, Trench notes a significant theological debate regarding its use in contrast to the term πάρεσις, particularly in the context of Old Covenant forgiveness.

Trench, Synonyms of the New Testament — ἄφεσις, πάρεσις from a scan

ἼΛφεσις is the standing word by which forgiveness, or remission of sins, is expressed in the N. T. (see Vitringa, Obss. Sac. vol. i. pp. 909-983) ; though, remarkably enough, the LXX. — knows nothing of this use of the word, Gen. iv. 18 being the nearest approach to it. Derived from ἀφιέναι, the image which underlies it is that of a releasing, as of a prisoner (Isai. lxi. 1), or letting go, as of a debt (Deut. xv. 8). Probably the year of jubilee, called constantly ἔτος, or ἐνιαυτὸς, τῆς ἀφέσεως, Or simply ἄφεσις (Lev. xxv. 31, 40; xxvii. 24), the year in which all debts were forgiven, suggested the higher application of the word, which is frequent in the N. T., though more frequent in St. Luke than in all the other books of the New Covenant put together. On a single occasion, however, the term πάρεσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων occurs (Rom. iii. 25). Our Translators have noticed in the margin…

Read the full entry →
Abbott-Smith, Manual Greek Lexicon of the NT

ἄφεσις, -εως, ἡ

(< ἀφίημι),

[in LXX for יוֹבֵל, דְּרוֹר, etc. (v. Deiss., BS, 98 ff.; MM, s.v.);]

dismissal, release: Lk 4:18.

Metaph., of sins (never in LXX), pardon, remission of penalty: ἁμαρτιῶν, Mt 26:28, Mk 1:4, Lk 1:77 3:3 24:47, Ac 2:38 5:31 10:43 13:38 26:18, Col 1:14; παραπτωμάτων, Eph 1:7; absol., Mk 3:29, He 9:22 10:18 (cf. DB, ii, 56; DCG, i, 437, ii, 605; Cremer, 297 f.).†

Read the full entry →
Thayer's Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament from a scan

ἄφεσις, -ews, ἡ. (ἀφίημι); 1. release, as from bondage, imprisonment, ete.: Lk. iv. 18 (19), (Is. Ixi. 1 sq.; Polyb. 1, 79, 12, ete.). 2. ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν forgiveness, pardon, of sins (prop. the letting them go, as if they had not been committed [see at length Trench § xxxiii.]), remission of their penalty: Mt. xxvi. 28; Mk. i. 4; Lk. i. 77; iii. 3; xxiv. 47; Acts ii. 38; v. 31; χ. 48: xiii. 38; xxvi. 18; Col. i. 145 τῶν παραπτωμάτων, Eph. i. 7; and simply ἄφεσις : Mk. iii. 29; Heb. ix. 22; x. 18, (φόνου, Plat. legg. 9 p. 869 d.; ἐγκλημάτων, Diod. 20, 44 [so Dion. Hal. 1. 8 § 50, see also 7, 33; 7, 46; esp. 7, 64; ἁμαρτημάτων, Philo, vit. Moys. iii. 17; al.]).

Moulton & Milligan, Vocabulary of the Greek Testament from a scan

ἄφεσις. In Egypt ἄφεσις τοῦ ὕδατος was apparently a technical expression for the ‘‘release” of the water from the sluices or canals for the purpose of irrigation, e.g. P Petr II. 13(2)** (B.c. 258-3) ἵνα ἐπισκευασθῶσι mpd τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος ἀφέσεως, “in order that they (sc. bridges) may be finished before the letting loose of the water” (Ed.), 76. III. 39%, and 44 verso i 18 1. τζῶν κατ]ὰ Πτολεμαίδα a[hjécewy ἠνώιξαμεν B θύρας]. In this sense the noun may be concrete, meaning apparently a *‘ channel” or “sluice” : P Oxy VI. 918Y- 30 (ii/A.D.) ἀπηλ(ιώτου) ὁδὸ(ς) δημοσί(α) ἐν ἡ ἄφεσις λιθίνη. Hence, as Deissmann has shown (25 p. 98 ff.), the increased vividness for the Egyptians of the pictures in Joel 1°°, Lam 347 through the use of ἀφέσεις by the LX X translators. The word is similarly employed to denote the official “release” of the harvest after the taxes had been paid, in order that the…

Read the full entry →
Liddell-Scott-Jones, full edition

ἄφεσις (aphesis) — forgiveness.

ἄφεσις, εως, ἡ,

(ἀφίημι) letting go, release, περὶ τῆς τῶν πλοίων ἀφέσεως Philipp. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῆ ἐν ἀφέσει land in private hands, opposed to βασιλική, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]

__b of persons, dismissal: in ritual, λαοῖς ἄ.[Refs 4th c.AD+]; release, [NT+2nd c.BC+]

2. with genitive, ἀ. φόνου quittance from murder, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; discharge from a bond, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόδοσις χρημάτων, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; exemption from attendance, leave of absence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. τῆς στρατείας exemption from service, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; remission of a debt, ταλάντου[Refs 2nd c.BC+]; χρημάτων[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; i.e. καταδίκης, [Refs]

2. b forgiveness, NT.Mark.3.29; ἁμαρτιῶν[NT]

Read the full entry →
Strong's Greek Dictionary

ἄφεσις

aphesis

from 863; freedom; (figuratively) pardon:--deliverance, forgiveness,

liberty, remission.

see GREEK for 863

Dodson Greek-English Lexicon

ἄφεσις, εως, ἡ

n.f.

deliverance, pardon, complete forgiveness

Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary

ἄφεσις aphesis 17x

dismission, deliverance, from captivity, Lk. 4:18 (2x); remission, forgiveness, pardon, Mt. 26:28

Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones

ἄφεσις ἀφίημι a letting go, dismissal, Philipp. ap. Dem.:— a quittance or discharge from a bond, id. Dem.: exemption from service, Plut.: a divorce, id. Plut.

a letting go (Lat. missio) of horses from the starting-post, and then the starting-post itself, ἰσώσας τἀφέσει τὰ τέρματα having made the winning-post one with the starting-post, i. e. having come back to the starting-post, Soph.

Morphologythe parsing behind the code
Berean parsing
Noun-DSF — Noun · dative · singular · feminine
dative — to, for, with — the one it is done to or by.
Agrees with anything else marked singular feminine.
Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes

N-DSF Part of Speech: Noun Case: Dative Number: Singular Gender: Feminine

Bible dictionarieson the English sense
Nave's Topical Bible

→ See AFFLICTION

→ See GOD, PROVIDENCE OF

→ See PRAYER, ANSWERED

Thompson Chain Reference topics

(1) Of Israel

Ex 14:30; 1Sa 14:15; 2Ch 14:12; 20:22; 32:21

--SEE God of Battles, BATTLE OF LIFE

Divine Defence, BATTLE OF LIFE

(2) Divine, Examples of

Lot

Ge 19:16

David

1Sa 17:37

The Hebrew Children

Da 3:27

Daniel

Da 6:22

Jonah

Jon 1:17

The Apostles

Ac 5:18,19

Peter

Ac 12:7

Paul and Silas

Ac 16:26

Into Englishhow translators actually render it
88%forgiveness
forgiveness88% · 15×deliverance12% · 2×

17 occurrences in the New Testament, rendered 2 different ways. The commonest English word for it is not its meaning — it is one translator's decision, repeated.

What it does in the sentencefrom the Nestle 1904 treebank
object53%adverbial24%subject24%

Parsing tells you the form; the treebank tells you the job. Counted over all 17 occurrences — a word inside a phrase counts towards whatever that phrase is doing.

The phrases it lives inwhat stands either side of it, across the New Testament
← what comes before
εἰς
μετάνοιαrepentance, a chἐκχέωI pour out, shedΧριστόςanointed, the Me
ἐν
αὐτόςθραύωI crush, break,
Article the
αὐτόςἀπολύτρωσιςredemption, deli
ἔχωI have, hold, posses
οὐNeg
αἰχμάλωτοςa captive, prisoner
κηρύσσωI proclaim, hera
ἄφεσιςdeliverance,17×
what comes after →
ἁμαρτίαa sin
αὐτόςεἰςλαμβάνωI receive, take
Article the
ἁμαρτίαa sinπαράπτωμαa falling away,
εἰς
Article the
καίand, even, also, nam
τυφλόςblind
οὗτος
οὐκέτιNeg

branches are dictionary forms, so endings do not split one phrase into five; the number on a branch is how many times the New Testament takes that path

Concordanceἄφεσις · 17× in the New Testament
Acts Luke Hebrews Mark Colossians Ephesians Matthew
Across the New Testament7 of 27 books
MtMkLkJnAcRo1Co2CoGaEphPhpCol1Th2Th1Ti2TiTitPhmHebJas1Pe2Pe1Jn2Jn3JnJudRev
The Hebrew behind itwhat the Septuagint translators were rendering

Counted over the 39 Old Testament verses where this Greek word stands: which Hebrew word keeps standing there too. A correspondence of verses rather than a word-by-word alignment, so read the percentage as strength of evidence, not as a claim about any single verse.

Outside the New Testamentthe same word in the Greek of its own century
Philo of Alexandria Josephus The Epistle of Barnabas The Shepherd of Hermas Clement of Rome
Philo of AlexandriaOn the Sacrifices of Abel and Cain 122c. AD 40

ὡς εἴ γε ὁ πεντηκοστὸς λόγος εὑρέθη, καθ’ ὃν ἄφεσις ψυχῇ δουλείας καὶ παντελὴς ἐλευθερία προκηρύττεται (Lev.

JosephusAntiquities of the Jews 2.67c. AD 75–95

καλὴν τοίνυν ἴσθι σοι τὴν ὄψιν γεγενημένην καὶ προμηνύουσαν ἄφεσιν τῆς παρούσης ἀνάγκης ἐν τοσαύταις ἡμέραις, ἐξ ὅσων κλημάτων τὸν καρπὸν ἐτρύγησας κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους.

The Epistle of BarnabasThe Epistle of Barnabas 3.3c. AD 100

πρὸς ἡμᾶς δὲ λέγει: Ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἡ νηστεία, ἣν ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην, λέγει κύριος: λύε πάντα σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας, διάλυε στραγγαλιὰς βιαίων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀπόστελλε τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει καὶ πᾶσαν ἄδικον συγγραφὴν διάσπα.

In the everyday Greek (the secular world, not the church)letters, leases, receipts — nobody writing one is trying to sound biblical
2nd c. BC 3rd c. BC 2nd c. AD 6th c. AD 7th c. AD
P.Mich. 5 233Tebtynis (Arsinoites)AD 24

Μαρεψήμιος τοῦ Μαρεψήμιος Καλατύτιος καὶ Πεχεῦτος τοῦ Ψοίφιος φυλασσόντων τὴν ἀπὸ λιβὸς τῆς γεφύρης ἄφεσιν ἱερέων καὶ παρὰ Σοκονώπιος τοῦ Σοκονώπιος καὶ Φανήσιος τοῦ Παστοοῦτος φυλασσόντων τὴν ἀπὸ ἀπηλιώτου

Chrest.Wilck. 244 n. 4Hermopolis (?)AD 113–AD 120

ἐπὶ τῆς καινῆς ἀφέσεως ἐκζητοῦντα ἐργάτας εἰς ἐπένχωσιν. ἐπεὶ μὴ ὕψωται τῆι οἰκοδομῇ ἡ ἄφεσις καὶ νῦν οἱ συσχεθέντες ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ εἰς τοῦτο ἐργάται

P.Phil. 3 VoArsinoitesAD 123

τοῦ Π … … … … υτον ὄντα καὶ διὰ τοῦτο … τῆς λειτουργίας ἄφεσιν … ουρον ἔδοσαν … ις … ουντας ὑπηρεσίας τοι … … … … ρετ

Sources on this page. Lexicons and dictionaries imported from the CrossWire SWORD modules — Abbott-Smith, Strong's, Dodson, the Intermediate Liddell-Scott-Jones, Robinson and Packard, Webster and Cawdrey. Thayer’s Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament (Harper, 1889 — Grimm’s Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti, translated, revised and enlarged by Joseph Henry Thayer) is public domain and is set here from the Internet Archive page scan greekenglishlex00grim; it is uncorrected OCR, marked as such on the entry itself, and the Strong’s numbers — which Thayer’s own edition does not carry — were matched by lemma against the other modules on this page. Trench’s Synonyms of the New Testament (Macmillan, 1880) and Moulton and Milligan’s Vocabulary of the Greek Testament (Hodder & Stoughton, 1930, which entered the United States public domain on 1 January 2026) are set from Internet Archive page scans synonymsofnewtes00treniala and vocabularyofgree00mouluoft, and are likewise uncorrected OCR matched to Strong’s numbers by lemma. Trench treats a group of words at once, so the same essay stands on the page of each word it compares. The Mounce Concise Greek-English Dictionary is © 1993 and is used here by permission for non-commercial use, www.teknia.com/greek-dictionary. The full Liddell-Scott-Jones and the Hebrew word data (TAHOT) come from STEPBible.org, CC BY 4.0. Brown-Driver-Briggs is the OpenScriptures digitisation, public domain. Syntax analysis is the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (biblicalhumanities.org); the concordance and morphology are built from the tagged Nestle 1904 text. Septuagint occurrences use the Open Scriptures Septuagint lemma index, derived from CCAT (University of Pennsylvania) and the Rahlfs 1935 dataset by Eliran Wong, CC BY-NC-SA 4.0 — used here on a non-commercial ministry site. Greek of Josephus and Barnabas from the Perseus Digital Library, CC BY-SA 4.0. Commentaries and the Ante-Nicene Fathers are public-domain texts hosted on this site. Everyday Greek from the Duke Databank of Documentary Papyri, CC BY 3.0, with dates and provenance from the Heidelberger Gesamtverzeichnis. Philo and the Apostolic Fathers from Open Greek and Latin (First1KGreek), CC BY-SA 4.0. The apparatus and the fifth Greek column are the SBL Greek New Testament, © 2010 SBL and Logos Bible Software, CC BY 4.0. The Latin is the Clementine Vulgate (public domain); the Syriac New Testament is the ETCBC edition (MIT licence). The Hebrew behind the Greek is computed here from the Septuagint index and TAHOT, not taken from any aligned edition. The translation spread and the per-word edition marks come from the Translators Amalgamated Greek NT (STEPBible, CC BY 4.0); clause roles from the Nestle 1904 Lowfat treebank (CC BY-SA 4.0); place identifications and their confidence from OpenBible.info Bible Geocoding (CC BY 4.0), with map tiles © OpenStreetMap contributors. Gospel parallels are computed here from shared uncommon vocabulary, not taken from any printed harmony. Cross references are the Treasury of Scripture Knowledge and the subject headings are Nave’s Topical Bible, both public domain. Works under Creative Commons licences are used unchanged apart from markup removal.

Everything we make is available for free because of a generous community of supporters.

Donate